Skip to main content

Full text of "Arithmetic We Need - Grade 6, Workbook"

See other formats


A WORKBOOK  FOR 

Arithmetic  We  Need 

o 


BROWNELL 

SAUBLE 


CURR  HISTJ 


QA 

106 

B98 

A 

gr . 6 
wkbk . 
' c . 2 


0JC  IIBB15 


Large  Numbers  in  the  News 


A 

University  Gifts 
Reported 

The  local  University  reports  a 
total  of  $1,278,952  received  in 
gifts  during  the  past  year. 


B 

Advt.  FIRE  SALE!  Advt. 
TV  Sets 

Entire  stock  of  TV  sets,  valued 
at  $80,000,  to  be  sold  at  great 
reductions.  From  burned  ware- 
house, but  sets  not  damaged. 


c 

Stamp  Auction  Well 

Attended 

Largest  single  sale  at  the  Stamp 
Collector’s  Auction  was  the  fa- 
mous Brown  collection  of  more 
than  367,000  stamps.  _____ 


D 

Order  Your 

SATURDAY  COURIER  Now 

Last  week’s  issue  (42,000)  of 
the  Saturday  Courier  was  not 
enough  to  fill  the  demand.  Order 
your  copy  saved  for  you. 


E 

United  Charities 
Appeal 


This  year’s  goal  is  set  at 
$1,230,000.  Be  ready  to  give  gen- 
erously in  this  good  cause. 


F 


APPLE  BLOSSOM 

TIME  AGAIN 

An  estimated  750,000  people 
will  drive  through  our  lovely 
Blossom  Valley  to  see  the  apple 
trees  in  their  first  bloom. 


Miss  Day  asked  the  class  to  look  for  large 
numbers  in  newspapers  and  magazines.  The 
clippings  shown  above  are  some  of  the  ones 
which  the  class  found. 


After  each  pupil  had  cut  out  at  least  two 
clippings,  Miss  Day  mixed  up  the  clippings. 
She  asked  each  pupil  to  draw  two  and  explain 
the  meaning  of  the  numbers  in  them. 


1.  Write  in  words  each  number  in  the  clippings  above. 
A.  $1,278,952 


B.  $80,000  



C.  367,000  

D.  42,000 

E.  $1,230,000 

F.  750,000  

2.  For  $1,278,952,  write  the  figure  that  is  in 

a.  one’s  place: 

c.  million’s  place: 

e.  hundred-thousand’s  place:  _ . 

— - 

b.  ten’s  place: 

d.  hundred’s  place: 

f.  ten- thousand’s  place: 

4 5 7.4 


The  Meanings  of  Numbers 


Complete  the  following  statements: 

1.  The  1 -place  number  9 means ones. 

2.  If  we  add  20  to  9,  the  sum  is 

3.  In  20  there  are  ___  tens,  so  the  number 

29  means tens  and ones. 

4.  If  we  add  500  to  29,  we  have 

5.  From  Ex.  1-4,  we  see  that  the  number 
529  is  made  up  of 

hundreds  and tens  and ones. 

6.  The  number  27,529  is  made  up  of  27 

and  5 

and  2 and  9 

We  read  27,529  as  “twenty-seven  thousand 
five twenty- ” 

7.  Another  way  to  explain  the  number  27,529 
is  to  show  that  it  is  made  up  of  five  products. 
Complete  the  table  below. 

27,529  is  made  up  of 

2 X 10,000  = 2 0,000 

7 X 15000  = 

5 X = 

X = 

9 X - 

The  sum  is  


8.  Copy  the  numbers  in  the  box  below  with 
the  figures  in  the  proper  places  to  show  what 
each  figure  means. 


9.  There  are  many  ways  of  taking  a number 
apart  to  show  what  it  means.  Complete  the 
statements  below,  which  tell  the  meaning  of  the 
number  27,529  in  five  different  ways. 

27,529  means 

thousands  and hundreds  and 

tens  and ones, 

or hundreds  and tens  and 

ones, 

or hundreds  and ones, 

or tens  and ones, 

or ones. 


10.  Explain  the  meaning  of  the  figure  4 in  a-c  below. 

a.  In  3,543,  the  4 means  4 , or  40. 

b.  In  3,504,319,  the  4 means  4 ,or 

c.  In  4,100,325,  the  4 means  4 ,or 

UHISffiRSITT 


Reading  and  Writing  Larger  Numbers 


•a 

a 

.2 

(3 

(8 

X 

Value  of 
Place  ->■ 

!j 

1 § 

•a  £ 

o id 

2 e 
£ a 

I.  » X) 

’O  3 q 
<U  O 3 

•d 

<u 

u •-  a 

"d  £>  O 

£ s| 

■ss  I 

u 

•d 

c a a 

Sco 

c a u 

3 gs 

X H ffl 

I | 

3 §a 

33  H < 

1 | 

c a>  X 

33  H H 

1 1 

3 S s 

33  H O 

1 

Value  of 

1 

Period  -> 

Billion 

Million 

Thousand 

One 

a. 

9 2 , 

8 9 7 , 

4 1 6 

b. 

2 , 

3 9 8 , 

0 0 0 , 

0 0 0 

c. 

1.  Number  a,  above,  tells  the  average  dis- 
tance in  miles  of  the  earth  from  the  sun  during 
its  rotation.  Write  the  words  you  say  when 
you  read  92,897,416. 


[ Through  billion’s  period ] 

c.  One  billion  one  hundred  twenty-six  million 
one  hundred  thousand  two  hundred  nineteen. 


5.  In  a recent  year,  United  States  airlines 
flew  15,548,247,000  passenger  miles.  Write  this 
number  in  the  box,  beside  c. 

If  you  are  not  sure  where  to  start  writing 
this  number,  say  the  periods,  beginning  with 
one’s  period,  as  follows: 

000  means  ones ; 247  means ; 

548  means ; so  15  is 

in period.  The  5 

should  be  written  in  billion’s  place,  and  the  1 
in place. 

6.  Look  at  Ex.  4 again.  Underline  the  words 
that  name  the  periods. 

Which  period  is  not  named  by  the  printed 
words? 


2.  In  92,897,416  there  are figures,  each 

with  its  own  place  value,  and 

f 

periods.  The  periods  are  _ OTZ&k , 

, and 


3.  Number  b in  the  box  above  is  read: 

_ 




4.  Write  the  following  numbers  in  figures: 

a.  Fifty-six  thousand  two  hundred  sixty. 


b.  One  hundred  forty  million  six  hundred 
twenty  thousand  three  hundred  three. 


7.  10  = 10  X 100  = 10  X ; 

1,000  = 10  X ; 10,000  = 10  X 

As  we  move  to  the  left  in  a number,  the  value 

of  each  place  is times  the  value  of  the 

previous  place. 

8.  Put  commas  in  the  following  numbers  to 
show  the  periods: 

a.  82653147  c.  7065320 

b.  139428  d.  51074931 

9.  Copy  the  number  in  Ex.  8 that  has 

a.  9 in  hundred’s  place. 

b.  653  in  thousand’s  period. 

c.  5 in  thousand’s  place. 

d.  13  ten  thousands.  


3 


Round  Numbers 


If  there  are  194  pupils  in  Grade  6,  we  can 
say  that  in  round  numbers  there  are  about  200 
pupils. 

Number  line  A,  below,  will  remind  you  about 
rounding  numbers. 

1 1 

CO  -3* 


R m 

i 

- 132 

- 133 

CO 

1 

in  m3  t'.  oo  o c 

co  co  co  co  co  ^ 

1 1 1 l i 

' ’ ’ i | ' ' ' 

Round  to  130 

1 

1 

Round  to  140 

1.  Rounded  to  the  nearest  ten,  131  is  called 

, because  131  is  nearer  to  

than  to 

2.  135  is  exactly  halfway  between  130  and 
140.  By  the  rule  we  follow,  135  is  rounded 
to  the  next  larger  ten;  so  135  is  rounded  to 


Round  each  of  the  numbers  below  to  the 


nearest  ten. 

3.  132  

6. 

128 

4.  129  

--  7. 

144 

5.  143  

___  8. 

127 

9.  Number  line  B,  below,  shows  the  whole 

numbers  from  110,  or tens,  to , 

or tens. 

10.  Study  number  line  B.  Which  numbers 
between  110  and  120  would  be  given  as  110, 
when  rounded  to  the  nearest  ten? 


11.  On  number  line  B,  circle  each  number 
from  110  to  130  which,  to  the  nearest  ten,  would 
be  rounded  to  120. 


12.  When  you  round  836  to  the  nearest 

hundred,  you  think , “836  is  nearer  to  

hundred  than  to  hundred,  so  836  is 


rounded  to  ” You  notice  especially 

the ’s  figure,  3;  you  do  not  have  to 


notice  the  one’s  figure. 

13.  Round  to  the  nearest  hundred: 

683  7,261 

429  35,738  

14.  Round  to  the  nearest  thousand: 

2,199 79,625  

8,507  132,479  

15.  Round  to  the  nearest  million: 

31,275,859  

8,076,742,108 

You  have  to  use  good  sense  about  when  to 
round  a number  and  how  far  to  round  it. 

16.  Suppose  your  train  leaves  at  19  minutes 
before  3 o’clock  and  you  write  the  time  in 
round  numbers  as  20  minutes  of  3.  Is  this 
a good  way  to  round  19? 


If  the  train  leaves  at  22  minutes  of  3,  is  it 
a good  idea  to  round  the  time  to  20  minutes 
of  3? 


17.  If  you  need  exactly  73  inches  of  molding 
for  a picture  frame,  and  you  round  73  to  the 
nearest  10,  how  many  inches  will  you  get? 


Is  this  a good  way  to  round  73? 


B -l — h 


A 1— I *- 


-I— I J- 


-I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 


A 1 1 1 1 1- 


4 


Roman  Numerals 


Roman  number  symbols:  I V X L C D M 

Arabic  number  symbols:  1 5 10  50  100  500  1,000 


1.  On  this  clock,  the  hour  hand  has  passed 

nine;  the  minute  hand  points  to The 

time  is minutes  past o’clock. 


Ex.  4-9  show  how  to  think  with  the  six 
subtracting  pairs  of  letters. 

4.  IV  = V - I,  or  5 - 1,  or 

5.  IX  = X — I,  or  10  — 1,  or 

6.  XL  = L - X,  or  50  - 10,  or 

7.  XC  = C - X,  or  100  - , or 

8.  CD  = D — C,  or  500  — ,or 

9.  CM  = M — C,  or  1,000  — ,or 

10.  Write  with  Roman  numerals: 

a b 


2.  Write  the  hours  in  Arabic  numerals  around 
the  edge  of  the  clock. 

Writing  numbers  with  Roman  numerals  is 
something  like  making  change.  You  take  a 
number  apart  and  then  use  the  Roman  number 
symbols  like  coins  to  build  up  the  right 
amount. 

3.  Show  why  68  is  written  as  LXVIII. 


10  = 
20  = 
30  = 
40  = 
50  = 
60  = 


Think , “68  = 50  + 10  +5+1+1+  1”; 


70  = 


100  = 
200  = 
300  = 
400  = 
500  = 
600  = 
700  = 


write,  “LX 


80  = 


800  = 


To  check,  look  at  the  Roman  numerals  that 


90  = 


900  = 


you  wrote  and  count  “50,  60, 


100  = 


1,000  = 


jj 


In  Ex.  3,  the  values  of  all  the  letters  used 
are  added  from  left  to  right. 

Besides  the  single  letters,  there  are  six  sub- 
tracting pairs  of  letters  in  the  Roman  system 
of  notation.  In  using  these  subtracting  pairs 
to  help  us  build  up  larger  numbers,  we  think 
of  each  pair  as  a single  number  and  add  its 
value  to  the  values  of  the  other  letters. 


4 = 
9 = 
40  = 
90  = 
400  = 
900  = 


6 = 
11  = 
60  = 
110  = 
600  = 
1,100  = 


5 


More  about  Roman  Notation 


1.  The  seven  letters  used  in  the  Roman  sys- 
tem of  notation  are  as  follows: 

I = ____  V = ____  X = ____  L = ____ 

C - D = M = 

2.  Remember  the  way  to  write  and  to  read 
Roman  numbers!  In  general,  values  of  the 

letters  are  

from  left  to  right;  and  when  one  of  the  sub- 
tracting pairs  is  used,  we  think  of  it  as  a 

single  number  and  its  value  to  the 

other  values. 

3.  Tom  wrote  49  as  XXXXVIIII.  Show 
how  Tom  took  49  apart. 


In  Roman  notation,  we  should  use  the  small- 
est possible  number  of  letters. 

Think , “49  = 40  + In  Roman  nota- 
tion, 49  = ” 


4.  Jed,  Marge,  and  Sally  read  XXIX  in  three 
ways.  Cross  out  the  wrong  ways. 

Jed:  XXIX  = X+  X+  I+  X=31 

Marge:  XXIX  = X +XI +X  = 10 ■ +11  + 10  = 31 
Sally:  XXIX  = X + X + IX  = 10+ 10  + 9 = 29 

5.  Write  in  Roman  notation: 


84  

192 

516  

406 

709  

969 

1,251  

614  __ 

6.  Write  three  Roman  numbers,  using  the 
three  letters  I,  X,  L in  each.  Then  write  them 
in  Arabic  notation. 


7.  The  last  chapter  in  a book  was  numbered 

XXVIII.  There  were chapters  in  the 

book. 


1.  Draw  a dotted  line  in  this  Roman  nu- 
meral to  make  half  of  ten  become 
five. 


[ Using  Roman  numerals] 

5.  What  number  is  one  greater  when  one  is 
taken  away  from  it? 


2.  Can  you  make  it  look  as  if 
half  of  nine  is  four? 


6.  Take  one  hundred  from 
four  hundred  and  leave  five 
hundred. 


3.  Make  half  of  twelve  become 
seven. 


4.  What  number  becomes  ten 
more  when  ten  is  taken  away 
from  it? 


7.  Write  SIX  and  take  away  nine.  On  the 
same  line,  write  nine  and  take  away  ten.  Then 
write  forty  and  take  away  fifty.  Show  that 
you  have  SIX  left! 


6 


A Review  of  Addition 


1.  Sue  has  saved  4 box  tops,  and  Ann  has 

saved  3.  Together,  they  have box  tops. 

Adding  is  quicker  and  easier  than  counting. 
The  work  on  this  page  and  the  following  pages 
will  help  you  to  find  out  how  well  you  remem- 
ber the  things  that  you  have  learned  about 
addition. 

2.  In  the  addition  7 + 29  = 36,  the  num- 
bers 7 and  29  are  called  the ; 

36  is  the 

3.  Only  things  that  are in 

some  way  can  be  added.  In  order  to  add  5 car- 
nations and  9 roses,  we  must  think  of  them 
all  as 

4.4+7=11  is  an  addition  fact.  If  you 
know  the  fact  4+7  =11,  you  also  know 
its  reverse,  7+ = 

5.  In  the  space  below,  draw  a dot  picture 
to  show  how  you  would  add  8 and  6 by  first 
making  a ten. 

The  sum  is 


[Addition  facts ] 


First 

say  the 

answers. 

Then  write  the 

sums. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

6. 

2 

0 

4 

9 

6 

1 

+ 2 

+ 1 

+ 5 

+ 0 

+ 5 

+ 8 

7. 

1 

4 

0 

5 

8 

6 

+ 1 

+_7 

+ 0 

+ 8 

+ 3 

+ 9 

8. 

3 

9 

1 

6 

4 

4 

+ 5 

+ 4 

+ 0 

+ 7 

+ 8 

+ 2 

9. 

9 

2 

6 

1 

5 

0 

+ 7 

+ 0 

+ 4 

+ 2 

+ 4 

±2 

10. 

8 

7 

3 

1 

2 

3 

+ 6 

+ 7 

+ 8 

+ 9 

+ 4 

+ 0 

11. 

7 

8 

7 

5 

8 

3 

+ 5 

+ 8 

+ 9 

+ o 

+i 

±3 

12. 

5 

4 

8 

6 

5 

4 

+_! 

+ 6 

+ 5 

+ 6 

+ 9 

+ o 

13. 

2 

8 

1 

0 

3 

5 

+ 9 

+ 7 

+ 3 

+ 5 

+ 6 

+ 5 

14. 

1 

8 

7 

1 

9 

0 

+ 7 

+ 2 

+ 6 

+ 5 

+ 9 

+ 7 

15. 

6 

7 

2 

0 

7 

6 

+ 3 

+_! 

+ 6 

+ 3 

+ 4 

±8 

16. 

2 

9 

0 

3 

2 

4 

+ 3 

+ 1 

+ 4 

+ 7 

+ 5 

+ _1 

17. 

6 

8 

3 

2 

1 

7 

+ 0 

+ 9 

+ 2 

+ 1 

+ 6 

+ 2 

7 


Addition  Families 


The  facts  below  are  all  part  of  the  3+4 
family.  If  you  know  3+4  = 7,  you  can 
quickly  write  the  other  facts  in  this  family. 
Finish  the  additions  below. 

1.  3 13  3 53  83  3 

+ 4 +4  +34  +4  +4  +64 

7 17  37 

2.  Write  four  other  facts  in  the  3+4  fam- 
ily. Be  sure  to  include  the  answers. 


Write  the  numbers  that  will  make  the  follow- 
ing belong  to  the  3+4  family: 


3.  3 3 6 3 

+ + +----  + 

57  47  67  77 


4.  In  each  fact  in  the  3+4  family, 

a.  the  figure  in  one’s  place  in  the  sum  is 

; b.  the  ten’s  figure  in  the  sum  is  the 

same  as  the figure  in  the  larger 

addend,  because  the  sum  of  the  figures  in  one’s 
column  is  less  than 


Finish  these  facts  in  the  8+6  family: 


8 

1 8 

8 

58 

48 

+ 6 

+ 6 

+ 36 

+ 6 

+ 6 

1 4 

24 

6.  8+6  = 

or  ___ 

ten  and  _ 

__  ones; 

so  in  the  8+6  family  you  always  have  _ _ _ 

ten  to  carry  to  the column. 

This  makes  the  ten’s  figure  in  the  sum  ___ 
more  than  the  ten’s  figure  in  the  larger 

addend. 

8 


[ Higher-decade  A.;  without  and  with  carrying ] 

The  facts  in  these  addition  families  are  the 
kind  you  must  use  often  in  column  addition 
and  in  multiplying.  Here  is  a chance  to  get 
practice  that  will  help  you. 


a b c 

7.  2 5 9 4 2 

+37  +5  +4 


d e 

4 68 

+ 19  +9 


8.  4 5 9 1 7 

+7  +23  +2 


28  3 8 

+ 8 +5 


9.  9 

+ 14 


27  73  3 36 

+5  +6  +57  +3 


10.  5 7 

+ 6 


42  35 

+ 5 +9 


26  85 

+ 8 +2 


11.  3 7 

+ 9 


56  69 

+ 4 +9 


44  73 

+ 8 +8 


A ftunb&i 

and  Pulled. 


1.  In  adding,  would  you  say,  "6  and  7 is  11” 
or  "6  and  7 are  11”? 


2.  This  is  a very  old  rhyme: 

Every  lady  in  the  land 
Has  20  nails  upon  each  hand 
Five  and  twenty  on  hands  and  feet 
And  this  is  true  without  deceit. 

See  if  you  can  punctuate  this  rhyme  so  it 
can  be  read  sensibly. 


Column  Addition 


1.  The  same  addends  are  used  in  each  of 
Ex.  a-d  below,  but  they  are  added  in  a dif- 
ferent order  each  time.  What  is  true  of  the 
sums? 


[ Order  in  adding;  1 -place  addends ] 

3.  To  make  sure  that  the  sum  in  the  box 
is  right,  check  by  adding  upward. 

Think , “5, , ” Is  the  sum  right? 


5 

3 

4 

+ 9 
21 


b.  9 

4 

5 

+ 3 
21 


3 

4 
9 

+ 5 

21 


d.  4 
3 
5 

+ 9 

21 


We  may  add  groups  or  numbers  in 
any  order. 

2.  In  the  box,  adding 
downward,  look  at  3 and  2 
and  think , “ ” Re- 

membering this  sum,  5, 

look  at  1 and  think , “ ” 

The  last  two  numbers  to  be  added  are 
and Write  the  final  sum  in  the  box. 


Add  downward  in  rows  4-6.  Check  by  add- 
ing upward. 

a b c d e f 


4.  2 3 5 

4 1 2 

+5  +4  + 7 


5.  4 2 3 

2 5 0 

2 0 4 

+5  +4  +5 


6.  4 5 4 

1 2 0 

4 1 5 

+3  +4  +4 


8 2 3 

1 7 3 

+6  +1  +4 


6 4 2 

2 2 0 

1 0 3 

+ 6 +7  +6 


7 3 3 

0 4 5 

2 2 0 

+7  +3  +4 


a b c 1.  Find  these  sums: 

Column  a: 

Column  b: 

Column  c: 

Row  d:  Row  e:  Row  f:  

Diagonal  from  a:  4 + 5 + 6 = 

Diagonal  from  c:  2 + 5 + 8 = 

What  do  you  notice? 


2.  Write  the  numbers  used  in  the  square  in 
order,  beginning  with  the  smallest. 


, — , — , — , — , — , — , — , 


What  do  you  notice  about  these  numbers? 


This  "magic  square”  was  discovered  many 
years  ago  in  China.  Both  the  square  and  the 
number  15  were  used  as  good -luck  charms  in 
Eastern  countries. 


9 


1.  To  add  the  numbers 
in  box  A,  we  can  separate 
them  into  their  parts  as  in 
box  B and  then  add  the 
parts. 

Finish  the  adding  that  is 
started  in  box  B.  Then 
put  the  sums  together  to 
find  the  final  sum.  Write  this  sum  in  box  B. 


Adding  Larger  Numbers 

[With  carrying ] 

Add  downward  and  write  the  sums.  Then 


B 

4,000  and 

5 0 0 and 

8 0 and 

1 

7 0 0 and 

9 0 and 

6 

+ 1,000  and 

8 0 0 and 

3 0 and 

5 

5.+Q0Q  and  _ 

_ _ and 

and 

--- 

2.  Now  find  the 

sum  in  box  A. 

3.  Complete  the  following  sentences  to  show 
how  you  added  in  box  A: 

a.  You  find  the  sum  in 

column  first.  The  sum  of  the  ones  is , 

so  you  write  “ ” in  one’s  column  in  the 

sum  and  carry ten  to  ten’s  column. 

b.  When  you  find  the  sum  of  ten’s  column, 

you  write  “ ” and  carry hundreds  to 

column. 

c.  In  hundred’s  column,  you  think , “7, , 

” You  write  “ ” and  carry  

thousands. 

d.  There  are thousands  in  all. 

In  adding,  write  ones  in  the  sum  under 
ones,  tens  under  tens,  and  so  on.  Carry 
1 or  more  to  the  next  column  when  the 
sum  is  10  or  more. 


check  by  adding  upward.  Write  your  check 
sums  on  the  dashed  lines  above  the  examples. 


4.  3,182 

654 
+ 97 


753 
985 
+ 585 


6,895 
978 
+ 2,837 


Here  is  a short  review  of  some  of  the  number 
facts  you  use  very  often  in  column  addition. 
Write  the  sums  quickly. 


a 

b 

c d 

e f 

5.  5 

1 

2 5 

8 9 

+ 7 

+ 8 

+ 6 +5 

+ 

1 

1+ 

1 00 

6.  9 

4 

6 7 

5 9 

+ 3 

+ 7 

+ 8 +6 

+ 8 +9 

Remember:  Addition  families  help  you  in 

column  addition. 

Write  the  sums. 

a 

b 

c 

d e 

7.  2 4 

3 

45 

8 7 

+ 8 

+ 18 

+ 9 

+ 32  +19 

8.  3 2 

6 1 

4 

28  30 

+ 9 

+ 5 

+ 29 

+ 8 +7 

Add 

downward 

in  row  9. 

Add  upward  to 

check, 

and  write  the  check  sum  on  the  dashed 

line  above  each  example. 

a 

b 

c 

9.  3, 

063 

694 

9,286 

124 

25  1 

34  1 

7, 

36  1 

332 

9 1 4 

+ 550 

+ 873 

+ 2,620 

70 


Meanings  in  Subtraction 


[. Remainder ; difference] 


These  stories  about  Queenie’s  pups  show  some  ways  of  using  sub- 
traction. Write  the  subtraction  fact  for  each  problem.  Use  the  dot 
picture  to  help  you.  Then  answer  the  question  below  the  problem. 


1.  4 of  the  7 pups  were  black,  and  the  rest 
were  tan.  How  many  pups  were  tan? 


0000m©  # 


If  4 is  one  part  of  7,  the  other  part  is 


2.  If  Bill  wants  to  keep  2 pups,  how  many 
of  the  7 pups  can  he  give  away? 


If  2 out  of  7 pups  are  left,  how  many  are 
gone ? 


4.  The  biggest  pup  weighed  8 ounces  at 
birth,  and  the  smallest  weighed  3 ounces. 

a.  What  was  the  difference  between  their 
weights? 


WWi® 


® ® m ® 


b.  The  biggest  pup  was  how  many  ounces 
heavier  than  the  smallest  one? 


3.  After  Bill  gave  away  3 of  the  7 pups,  how 
many  pups  were  left? 

000m  0 © • 

If  3 pups  are  taken  from  7,  how  many  are 
left ? 


8 are  how  many  more  than  3?  

c.  The  smallest  pup  weighed  how  many 
ounces  less  than  the  biggest  one? 


3 are  how  many  fewer  than  8? 


In  subtraction,  we  know  the  size  of  one  of  two  groups  or 
numbers  and  the  sum  of  the  two  groups  or  numbers.  We  sub- 
tract to  find  how  many  are  in  the  other  group  or  number. 


5.  In  Ex.  1-3,  the  other  number  is  a re- 
mainder. It  tells  the  other  part  in  Ex.  1;  the 

number  gone  in  Ex. ; the  number  left  in 

Ex 


6.  In  Ex.  4 the  other  number  is  the  differ- 
ence. In  Ex.  4b,  the  difference  tells  how  many 
; in  Ex.  4c,  it  tells  how  many 


11 


A Review  of  Subtraction 


C 


X 


1.  From  the  drawing  above  you  can  see  that 

4+5  = and  that  5+ = 

2.  By  covering  dots  you  can  prove  that 

9 — 4 = and  that  9 — 5 = 

3.  The  whole  story  in  A.  and  S.  about  4,  5, 
and  9 has  these  four  related  facts: 


Finish  the  whole  stories  in  A.  and  S.  that 
are  started  in  Ex,  4-7. 

4.  7 + 5 = 


5.  9 + 


= 13 


6.  8 + 9 = 


7.  15  = 9 + 6 


Addition  facts  help  us  to  remember 
subtraction  facts. 

8.  To  help  you  with  13—8,  you  may  think , 

“13  = 8 + then  you  also  know  that 

13  - 8 = 

Give  the  A.  fact  that  helps  in  Ex.  9-11. 

9.  17  -9  = ____  17  =9  + ____ 

10.  11  -4  = ____  11  =4  +____ 

11.  15  - 6 = 

12 


[Subtraction  facts ] 

If  you  can  write  these  facts  quickly,  you 
can  subtract  any  numbers: 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

12.  8 

10 

15 

0 

9 

11 

- 5 

- 5 

^6 

- 0 

- 5 

- 4 

13.  15 

8 

5 

9 

16 

3 

-7 

- 2 

- 1 

- 9 

- 9 

- 0 

14.  11 

17 

10 

12 

7 

12 

-8 

- 9 

-3 

- 3 

-4 

- 6 

15.  16 

11 

4 

8 

12 

10 

- 7 

- 7 

-0 

- 3 

-9 

- 4 

16.  14 

7 

9 

13 

1 

15 

- 7 

-2 

- 6 

- 5 

- 0 

- 8 

17.  14 

8 

9 

13 

7 

15 

-5 

- 1 

- 3 

-8 

- 7 

- 9 

18.  8 

6 

11 

13 

6 

16 

-0 

-3 

- 2 

- 7 

- 1 

X* 

19.  6 

9 

10 

2 

11 

14 

- 2 

- 1 

- 6 

- 0 

-3 

- 9 

20.  9 

14 

12 

9 

7 

12 

-2 

- 6 

- 7 

-0 

- 1 

- 5 

21.  17 

13 

1 

18 

8 

7 

-8 

- 6 

- 1 

- 9 

-4 

- 3 

22.  8 

10 

10 

13 

11 

14 

- 8 

- 1 

- 7 

- 9 

- 5 

- 8 

23.  12 

11 

7 

9 

12 

6 

-4 

- 6 

-0 

- 4 

- 8 

- 6 

Each  subtraction  fact  is  part  of  a family,  just 
as  each  addition  fact  is.  If  you  know  the  sub- 
traction fact,  you  can  easily  say  remainders  for 
other  examples  in  that  family. 


Subtracting  with  Two-Place  Numbers 

[Without  and  with  borrowing ] 

You  can  subtract  2-place  numbers  very  quickly 
too.  Study  boxes  C and  D. 


1.  Write  the  answers  missing  in  box  A. 

2.  Complete  the  rest  of  the  7—4  family: 

37-4  = 77-4  = ___ 

67-4  = 97-4  = ___ 


g 

Some  members  of  the  1 3 

— 9 family 

1 3 23  33 

63  93 

- 9 - 9 - 9 

- 9 - 9 

3.  In  box  B,  the  ten’s  figure  in  each  answer 

will  be  1 than  the  ten’s  figure  in 

the  minuend. 

4.  Write  the  answers  in  box  B. 

Complete  each  fact  below  and  tell  its  family. 

5.  47  — 6 = ( family) 

6.  30—8= ( family) 

7.  29— 5= ( family) 

8.  64—9= ( family) 

Write  the  remainders  for  Ex.  9-14. 


9. 

25 

- 9 = 

12.  42 

- 6 = 

10. 

60 

-4  = 

13.  54 

-3  = 

11. 

76 

-9= 

14.  83 

-6  = 

C 

9 

39 

89  = 80  and  9 

- 5 

-5 

— 45  = 40  and  5 

4 

34 

40  and  4,  or  44 

D 

13 

23 

53  = 40  and  13 

-8 

- 8 

— 28  = 20  and  8 

5 

15 

20  and  5,  or  25 

15.  Subtract  in  box  E.  Think , “73  = 6 tens 

and  ones.”  Then  think , 

“13  - 8 = and  6 - 2 = 

” 73  - 28  = 

Subtract  in  rows  16-20.  Try  to  work  with- 
out showing  the  borrowing. 


16.  5 6 

- 24 


b 

82 

-30 


c 

35 
- 3 1 


17. 


39 

32 


17  63 

16  - 48 


18.  4 1 

- 26 


19.  3 1 

- 1 0 


20.  4 5 

-34 


39 

23 


72 
1 6 


96 

48 


84 

57 


56 

27 


83 

77 


d 

64 
- 1 9 


79 

-76 


29 

24 


49 
4 1 


22 
1 2 


e 

78 

-48 


85 

69 


6 1 
47 


72 

55 


34 
1 8 


73 


Subtracting  Large  Numbers 


[8-  and  4-place  minuends ] 


1.  Bill  made  _3_  hits  out  of  ___  shots.  He 
missed  ___  times.  The  S.  fact  is 


Write  the  remainders  for  Ex.  2-16. 


a 

b 

c d 

e 

f 

2.  5 

7 

9 8 

6 

7 

- 3 

-4 

- 7 - 5 

-4 

- 5 

3.  9 

5 

7 8 

8 

9 

- 5 

- 2 

- 3 - 6 

- 2 

- 3 

4.  7 

9 

8 9 

8 

9 

- 2 

- 6 

- 3 - 2 

- 7 

- 4 

5.  11  - 

2 = 

10.  12 

- 9 = 

6.  13  - 

6 - ___ 

ii.  ii 

- 5 = _ 

7.  16  - 

7 = 

12.  15 

- 7 = 

8.  17  - 

9 = 

13.  14 

- 9 = 

9.  15  - 

8 = 

14.  12 

- 4 = 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

15.  11 

13 

16 

13 

12 

- 6 

- 7 

- 8 

- 9 

- 3 

16.  15 

11 

13 

14 

11 

- 6 

- 4 

-5 

- 7 

- 8 

74 

3@ 

64^ 

- 28 

6 1 5 

2® 

4 

164 

190 

5©@ 

2,$  $ / 

1,5  8 3 

1,0  9 8 

tell 

- 3,7  8 5 
2,9  4 6 

The  examples  in  the 
about  borrowing. 

box  will 

remind  you 

Write  the  remainders  for  rows  17-25 
below.  Try  to  think  the  borrowing. 

a 

17.  5 6 4 

- 83 

b 

338 
- 73 

c 

678 

-475 

d 

6,347 

-3,524 

18.  8 3 4 

-366 

674 

-579 

925 
- 832 

7,762 
- 2,364 

19.  4 7 3 

-394 

326 
- 1 76 

647 

-455 

6,814 

-4,207 

20.  9 2 9 

- 698 

4 1 9 
- 367 

38  1 
- 1 95 

1,629 
- 982 

21.  5 2 4 

-478 

84  1 
-789 

923 
- 429 

2,425 
- 548 

22.  7 8 8 

-289 

984 

-546 

95  1 
- 338 

8,5  19 
- 3,775 

23.  8 6 7 

-452 

783 

-392 

934 
- 544 

5,577 

-2,868 

24.  4 3 1 

- 285 

567 
- 342 

246 
- 1 57 

9,6  14 
-8,754 

25.  5 9 6 

-489 

472 

-375 

375 
- 28  1 

4,475 
- 2,525 

Zeros  in  Subtraction 


2 9 (14) 

4 9 <W) 

3 9 (§)(§) 

4 9 9,(13) 

-5D0 

A&00 

-5&tr2 

-65 

- 354 

- 1,5  9 7 

- 325 

239 

146 

2,4  6 3 

4,6  7 8 

The  examples  in  the  box  show  how  you 
borrow  when  there  are  zeros  in  the  number 
you  subtract  from.  Here  is  some  special  prac- 
tice that  will  help  you. 


a 

b 

1. 

10-1  = 

9 - 3 = 

2. 

9 - 0 = 

10  - 2 = 

3.  20  - 1 = 9 - 7 = 


4.  9-5= 10-8  = 


5. 

10  - 4 = 

200  - 1 = 

6. 

9 - 2 = 

9 - 4 = _ 

7. 

30-1  = 

10  - 7 = 

[3-  and  4-place  minuends ] 

Write  the  remainders.  For  help,  study  the 
borrowing  in  the  box. 


a b e d 


607 
- 32 

300 

-275 

5,040 
- 706 

2,002 

-653 

800 

-89 

905 
- 640 

7,007 
- 438 

4,000 
- 950 

350 
- 98 

200 
- 1 09 

1,050 
- 824 

3,003 
- 303 

500 

-409 

702 
- 300 

6,004 

-2,306 

8,430 
- 742 

104 
- 68 

700 
- 1 88 

5,025 

-775 

3,206 

-3,057 

1.  Ed’s  grandfather  showed  him  this  puzzle. 
Grandfather  said,  "Write  three  numbers  of  2 
figures  each.  Then  I’ll  write  three 
numbers,  and  I’ll  tell  you  the 
sum  of  all  six  numbers  without 
adding.” 

Ed  tried  to  make  it  hard  for 
Grandfather.  He  wrote  79,  87, 
and  98. 

Quick  as  a flash,  Grandfather 
wrote  20,  12,  and  1,  and  said, 

"The  sum  is  297.” 

Add  in  the  box.  Was  Ed’s 
grandfather  right? 


2.  Now  let’s  see  how  Grandfather  chose  his 
numbers.  Look  in  the  next  column. 


Find  the  sum  of  each  pair  of  numbers. 


Pairs: 

1st 

2d 

3d 

Ed’s  numbers: 

79 

87 

98 

Grandfather’s: 

20 

1 2 

1 

3.  Grandfather  had 

just  subtracted  each  of 
Ed’s  numbers  from 

4.  Now  work  in 
boxes  B and  C as 
Grandfather  would. 

If  the  first  three 
numbers  are  2-place, 
the  answer  is  always 
297. 


79 

87 

98 

710 

/2 

/ 


B 

24 

65 

32 

C 

— 

15 


Adding  and  Subtracting  Money  Numbers 


Mary’s  bank  registers  nickels,  dimes,  and 
quarters,  up  to  $10.  Every  time  Mary  puts 
in  a coin  and  pulls  the  lever,  a bell  rings  and 
the  total  amount  in  the  bank  shows. 

1.  In  the  picture,  Mary’s  bank  shows  a 
total  of  $ $1.35  is  read,  “One 


and  35 ” 

$1.35  could  also  be  written  as (ft. 

2.  If  Mary  puts  in  a nickel,  the  bank  will 
register  a new  total  of  $ If  Mary 


then  puts  in  a dime,  she  will  have  $ 

in  the  bank. 

3.  The  addition  example  for  Ex.  2 is  shown 
in  box  A.  Find  the  total. 

What  must  you  write  to  show  that  the  an- 
swer in  box  A is  a money 
number? 


4.  Mary’s  bank  will  hold 
$10.  How  much  more  must 
Mary  add  to  the  total  shown 
in  the  picture  before  the  bank 
is  full? 

Subtract  in  box  B. 


A 

$1.35 
0.05 
+ 0.10 


B 

$10.00 

-1.35 


Find  the  sums.  Check  each  sum. 


a 

5.  $1.45 

+ 1.36 

b 

$5.08 
+ 0.83 

c 

$0.97 
+ 3.06 

d 

$0.45 
+ 0.98 

6.  $1.50 

0.25 
+ 0.10 

$2.95 
0.10 
+ 0.05 

$0.74 
0.05 
+ 0.10 

$7.50 
5.35 
+ 1.75 

7.  $5.95 

2.31 
+ 1.04 

$2.10 
0.75 
+ 0.25 

$0.62 
1.18 
+ 0.24 

$3.50 
2.06 
+ 1.70 

8.  $10.25 
+ 1.63 

$12.78 
+ 3.69 

$0.38 
+ 14.97 

$20.10 
+ 0.97 

Find  the  remainders.  Check. 

9.  $5.47 

-1.24 

$1.50 

-0.75 

$2.08 
- 1.70 

$6.00 

-0.25 

10.  $16.48 
-2.35 

$13.60 

-5.46 

$10.05 

-9.02 

$8.00 

-2.74 

11.  $4.06 

-1.69 

$0.84 

-0.35 

$3.10 

-2.08 

$9.75 

-3.79 

12.  $ 1 2.0  5 
-0.08 

$0.98 

-0.79 

$0.29 

-0.04 

$40.40 

-4.04 

Add  or  subtract  as  the  sign  tells  you. 


13.  $ 2 7 . 8 9 14.  $ 1 2 . 6 7 

+ 24.65  1.02 

+ 0.08 


15.  $3  0.7  0 
- 13.80 


16.  $10.05 
0.70 
+ 20.86 


17.  $30.52 
-20.95 


18.  $17.07 
- 1 0.49 


76 


Let's  See  — How  Are  We  Doing? 


A New  Kind  of  Hopscotch 


1.  The  numbers  in  the  curve 

at  the  left  end 

2.  Round  each  of  the  numbers  inside  the 

are  rounded  to  the  nearest 

colored  lines  in  two  ways.  Use 
numbers  in  the  curved  ends. 

the  rounded 

In  the  right  end,  the  numbers 

are  rounded  to 

Cross  out  each  number  in  an 

end  as  you 

the  nearest 

— 

use  it.  368  is  rounded  for  you. 

At  the  right  of  each  example  below,  round  the  numbers  and  esti- 

mate  the  answer. 

Then  work  the  example. 

3.  Example 

Estimate 

4.  Example 

Estimate  5.  Example 

Estimate 

547 

500 

6,82  1 

7,340 

+ 288 

-4,189 

+5,908 

Find  any  mistakes  in  the  examples  below.  If  an  answer  is  right, 
make  a check  mark  (v)  on  the  dashed  line.  Cross  out  any  wrong 
answer  and  write  the  correct  one. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

g 

h 

46 

100 

$3.06 

1,000 

$0.68 

2 1 7 

2,000 

$30.17 

-39 

- 87 

-0.85 

- 997 

+ 0.32 

- 1 93 

- 897 

+ 0.95 

1 5 

1 3 

$2.11 

1,003 

$0.90 

24 

1,213 

$31.02 

Cross  out  wrong  solutions  in  Ex.  7-9. 

7.  Mary  put  a stamp  on  each  of  3 letters. 
Then  she  had  7 stamps  left.  How  many  stamps 
did  she  have  at  first? 

(7-3=4)  (7  + 3 = 10) 

8.  Bill  had  150  feet  of  string  on  his  kite. 
After  he  tied  on  a 50-foot  piece  of  string,  how 
long  was  his  kite  string? 

(150  + 50  = 200)  (150  - 50  = 100) 


9.  Ellen  needed  6 tablespoons  of  cocoa  for 
cookies.  There  were  only  2 tablespoons  of  cocoa 
in  the  tin. 

a.  How  much  more  cocoa  did  she  need? 

(6+2=8)  (6-2=4) 

b.  She  had  how  much  less  cocoa  than  she 
needed? 


(6-2=4)  (6+2=8) 


17 


Let's  See  — How  Well  Do  You  Remember? 


1.  If  n — 4 = 13,  then  4 and 
13  are  the  two  parts  of  n.  You 

can  find  n by 

and n = 

2.  If  9 + n = 12,  then  9 and 
n are  the  two  parts  of  12.  You 

can  find  n by 

from  n = 


3.  9 + n = 16;  n = 


4. 

n +6  — 12 ; 

n = 

5. 

n - 9 = 9; 

n = 

6. 

7 +n  = 14; 

n = 

7. 

n - 2 = 10; 

n = 

8. 

7 +n  = 17; 

n = 

9. 

12  = n - 5; 

n = 

10. 

4 +n  = 13; 

n = 

11. 

n + 15  = 17 

; n = 

Add  or  subtract,  as  the  sign 

tells  you  to  do. 

a 

b 

12. 

620 

78  1 

+ 186 

- 483 

13. 

467 

2,056 

+ 534 

-1,877 

14. 

1,205 

15,312 

+ 3,078 

- 9,423 

15. 

3,064 

32,100 

+ 2,078 

- 7,905 

Solve  these  problems  in  your  head.  Write  just  the  answers. 

16.  The  meeting  began  at  20  minutes  of  2.  Mother  arrived 
at  25  minutes  of  2.  Was  she  early  or  late,  and  how  many 
minutes? 


17.  Ed  left  at  25  minutes  past  3 and  rode  his  bicycle  to  the 
post  office  in  12  minutes.  At  what  time  did  he  reach  the  post 
office? 


18.  Ginny  had  25^  in  her  purse  after  she  spent  45^  for  a 
present  for  her  mother.  How  much  money  was  in  her  purse 
in  the  beginning? 

i 


19.  Sam’s  hens  laid  18  eggs  on  Monday  and  23  eggs  on 
Tuesday.  They  laid  how  many  more  eggs  on  Tuesday  than 
on  Monday? 


fViwtMeSi 

a+td  PwffiLeA 


There  is  no  trick  about  this,  but  it  may  surprise  you! 

1.  Subtract  the  numbers  in 
the  box  at  the  right. 

2.  Now  add  the  figures  in 
the  minuend.  Do  your  work 
below. 

9 + 8 + 7 + — + : — + — + — + — + — = 

3.  Now  add  the  figures  in  the  subtrahend. 

1+2  + 3 + — + — + — + — + — + — = 

4.  Add  the  figures  in  the  remainder. 

8 + 6 + 4 + — + — + — + — + — + — = 

5.  What  do  you  notice  about  the  three  sums? 


18 


A Review  of  Multiplication 


[ Multiplication  facts;  M.  without  and  with  carrying ] 


Write  the  products  quickly. 

Multiply. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

a 

b 

c 

d 

1. 

2 

4 

6 

9 

3 

1 

13.  6 2 

723 

822 

4,243 

X 2 

X 5 

X 2 

xo 

>15 

X 9 

X 4 

X 3 

X 4 

X 2 

2. 

3 

X 8 

0 

X 1 

9 

X 5 

4 

X 8 

3 

X 3 

5 

xi 

Here  is 
carrying  in 

some  practice 
multiplication. 

to  help  you  with 
Multiply  and  add 

mentally.  For 

Ex.  14a, 

think , “5  X 2 = 10; 

3. 

3 

2 

6 

4 

7 

2 

plus  1 is  11. 

55 

X_7 

X 8 

xo 

X 9 

X_5 

X 9 

a 

b 

14.  5X2  + 1 

/ / 

t L 

3X9+2 

= 

4. 

2 

X 7 

5 

X8 

0 

xo 

4 

X 7 

6 

X 8 

lx 

1 00  o 

15.  6X4+4 

= 

7X6+5 

= 

16.  9X7+5 

= 

5X9+4 

= 

5. 

9 

3 

8 

7 

9 

8 

17.  8x5+3 

= 

4X7+3 

= 

X 8 

X 2 

X 8 

X 9 

X 9 

X 7 

18.  3X7+2 

= 

7X9+6 

= 

6. 

6 

19.  8X6+7 

_ 

9X4+8 

_ 

4 

2 

9 

2 

5 

X 6 

X 6 

X 1 

X_7 

xo 

X 6 

20.  9x8+7 

= 

5X3+3 

21.  6X9+5 

= -- 

7X7+6 

= 

7. 

6 

X_9 

7 

X 2 

0 

X 3 

4 

X 2 

8 

X 6 

1 

X 2 

22.  7X8+4 

= _ _ 

4X6+3 

= 

Multiply. 

Watch  the  carrying! 

8. 

0 

7 

1 

8 

3 

6 

a 

b 

c 

d 

X 4 

X 1 

X 3 

X5 

X 4 

xj5 

23.  38  7 

763 

524 

2,56  1 

X 6 

X 8 

X 4 

X 7 

9. 

0 

8 

7 

8 

7 

6 

XJ2 

X 4 

X 6 

xi 

X 4 

X 3 

24.  42  7 

5 1 8 

825 

3,246 

X 3 

X 5 

X 9 

X 6 

10. 

7 

4 

2 

8 

1 

9 

x_o 

X 4 

^+5 

X9 

X 6 

X 3 

25.  269 

432 

647 

1,728 

X 4 

X 6 

X 8 

X 8 

11. 

8 

3 

7 

3 

6 

5 

x_o 

X 9 

X 6 

X 4 

X 5 

26.  19  8 

745 

987 

4,5  17 

X 7 

X 4 

X 3 

X 6 

12. 

0 

6 

5 

6 

9 

5 

X 5 

X_1 

X 2 

X7 

X 2 

X 7 

79 


Multiplying  by  a Two-Place  Number 


Multiply.  Write  the  figures  of  the  partial  products  in  neat,  straight 
columns.  Check  by  doing  the  work  again. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

59 

67 

28 

4 1 

53 

48 

X 2 4 

X 92 

X 2 8 

X 6 7 

X 35 

X 3 9 

97 

89 

76 

53 

34 

98 

X 3 6 

X 7 5 

X 4 8 

X 8 6 

X 49 

X 1 6 

684 

537 

473 

365 

2 1 9 

186 

X 3 2 

X 2 5 

XI  7 

X 59 

X 92 

X 6 4 

1.  On  page  18,  you  found  that  45  is  an 
interesting  number.  Here  you  will  find  that 
37  as  a factor  gives  interesting  results. 

Do  these  multiplications: 

a.  3 X 37  = , and  1 -4—  1 — (—  1 — 

b.  6 X 37  = , and  2 —1—  2 — (—  2 = 

c.  9 X 37  = , and  3 —1—  3 — |—  3 = 

d.  12  x 37  = , and  4 + 4 + 4= 

e.  15  x 37  = , and  5 + 5 + 5 = 

2.  Give  these  products  without  multiplying: 


3.  Here  is  another  multiplication  game. 

a.  7 x 15,873  = 

b.  14  x 15,873  = 

c.  21  x 15,873  = 

4.  From  Ex.  3,  write  the  product  for  this 
example  without  multiplying: 

28  x 15,873  = 

5.  By  what  number  should  you  multiply 
15,873  to  get  the  product  888,888?  Do  this 
mentally! 


a.  18  X 37  = 

20 


b.  21  x 37  = 


x 15,873  = 888,888 


Two-Place  and  Three-Place  Multipliers 


Miss  Otis  asked  the  class  to  find  the  product 
of  314  X 82. 

Bill  used  the  factor  314 
as  the  multiplier. 

Ann  knew  that  it  is  easier 
to  multiply  by  the  smaller 
number,  so  she  reversed 
the  factors.  She  also  re- 
versed the  figures  in  82, 
because  she  thought  that 
28  looked  like  an  easier 
multiplier  than  82. 

Sally  multiplied  by  the 
smaller  factor,  82. 

Do  all  three  multiplica- 
tions in  the  boxes. 

Put  a check  (V)  beside 
the  correct  answers,  and 
circle  the  example  that  is 
in  the  best  form. 

Explain  what  is  wrong 
with  Ann’s  way  of  working 
the  example. 


a 

3.  9,84  1 
X 4 8 


4.  4,3  19 
X 6 5 


5.  1,782 
X 9 1 


6.  1,43  5 
X 6 8 5 


[. Multiplying  by  the  smaller  factor ] 

b 

37 

X 8 , 5 9 6 


6,785 
X 4 6 


3,247 
X 8 7 


4,563 
X 3 7 2 


Find  the  products.  Reverse  the  factors  when 
it  will  shorten  the  work. 


7.  3,849 
X 4 2 


576 
X 6 , 7 1 8 


b 


1.  1,24  5 

X 15 


32 

X 2 , 1 3 4 


2.  5,786 
X 2 5 


3,569 
X 1 9 


8.  4,3  5 9 
X 149 


8,197 
X 2 1 9 


21 


Multiplying  with  Money  Numbers 


1.  The  baseball  outfits  worn  by  players  on 
the  Little  League  teams  in  Southville  cost 
$10.95  each.  How  much  did  18  outfits  cost? 

You  multiply  with  money 
numbers  just  as  with  whole 
numbers.  In  the  product, 
write  the  decimal  point  to 
show  cents  and  write  a dol- 
lar sign. 

Multiply  in  the  box. 

The  18  outfits  cost  $ 


$10.95 

X 1 8 


Find  the  products.  Be  sure  to  write  the  decimal  point  and  the 
dollar  sign  in  the  product  when  you  multiply  a money  number. 


a 


b 


d 


2.  $ 1 0 . 8 7 
X 1 9 


$0.75 


X 4 0 


$25.06  $60.50 

X 1 07  X 39 


e 

$48.34 
X 6 8 


An  estimate  of  the  product  is  important  in  multiplying  money 
numbers.  It  may  show  a misplaced  decimal  point.  In  Ex.  3 -9, 
first  estimate;  then  multiply  and  write  the  exact  answer. 


3. 

24  X $16.95  = ? 

Estimate: 

20  X $20 

$ 

Answer:  $_ 

4. 

205  X $9.45  = ? 

Estimate: 

X 

$ 

Answer:  $^ 

5. 

107  X $25.06  = ? 

Estimate: 

X 

$ 

Answer:  $ 

6. 

31  X $83.98  = ? 

Estimate: 

X 

$ 

Answer:  $ 

7. 

952  X $1.16  = ? 

Estimate: 

X 

$ 

Answer:  $ 

8. 

8 X $67.87  = ? 

Estimate: 

X 

$ 

Answer:  $ 

9. 

19  X $0.59  = ? 

Estimate: 

X 

$ 

Answer:  $ 

10.  An  estimate  is  a good  check  of  any  product.  Notice  the  zeros 
in  the  rounded  numbers:  1,000  X 1,000  = 1,000,000. 

A good  estimate  for  the  product  of  4,625  X 2,132  would  be: 

X = 


22 


Practice  in  Estimating  Products 

Multiply  in  your  head.  Write  just  the  answers. 

a b 


1.  30  X 600  = 9 X 

2.  6 X 800  = 700 

3.  200  X 800  = 500 

4.  90  X 4,000  = 600 


,000  = 100  X 1,000 

( 300  = 4 X 900  = 

< 500  = 40  X 8,000  = 

< 700  = 50  X 900  = 


5.  To  estimate  the  product  of  52  X 49,  you  can  think , 
“50  X = 2,500.” 

The  exact  product  is (Do  the  work  in  the 

box.)  Is  the  estimate  close? 

In  Ex.  6-21,  estimate  mentally.  Write  the  estimates  before 
you  find  the  exact  products. 

Use  another  sheet  of  paper  for  your  multiplications. 


6.  7 X 69  = 

Estimate:  7 X70  = 

7.  62  X 51  = 

Estimate:  60  X 50  = 

8.  9 X 28  = 

Estimate: X = 

9.  38  X 42  = 

Estimate: X - -----  = 

10.  21  X 27  = 

Estimate: X = 

11.  8 X 298  = 

Estimate: X = 

12.  3 X 587  = 

Estimate: X = 

13.  60  X 904  = 


14.  70  X 508  = _ 

Estimate:  X 

15.  58  X 70  = _ 

Estimate: X 

16.  93  X 1,009 

Estimate: X 

17.  51  X 8,203  = 

Estimate: X 

18.  82  X 5,600  = 

Estimate: X 

19.  63  X 3,206  = 

Estimate: X 

20.  401  X 6,045 

Estimate: X 

21.  42  X 392  = 


Estimate: 


X 


Estimate: 


X 


Visiting  the  Bookmobile 


[A.,  S.,  M.  problems ] 


In  Stacy’s  town,  the  Bookmobile  comes  once  a week.  This  is  a 
truck,  full  of  books  on  shelves,  which  the  public  library  from  the 
city  sends  each  day  to  a different  town. 


Write  your  answers  to  these  problems  on  the  lines  provided.  Space  for  Work 

Do  your  work  in  the  space  at  the  right. 

1.  One  morning  the  Bookmobile  loaned  179  books.  In 
the  afternoon  it  loaned  317  books.  That  day  the  Bookmobile 
loaned  how  many  more  books  in  the  afternoon  than  in  the 
morning? 


2.  In  the  morning  69  people  came,  and  in  the  afternoon 
127  people.  How  many  came  through  the  day? 


3.  If  92  people  each  took  2 books,  and  104  people  each  took 
3 books,  how  many  books  were  taken? 


4.  Of  the  127  people  who  came  in  the  afternoon,  54  were 
children.  How  many  grown  people  came? 


5.  The  Bookmobile  left  28  books  at  the  Hill  School,  15  at 
the  Dale  School,  and  32  at  the  South  School.  How  many 
books  were  left  at  all  three  schools? 


6.  After  school,  Bill  went  to  the  Bookmobile.  He  arrived 
at  8 minutes  past  3 and  stayed  for  6 minutes.  Then  he  spent 
5 minutes  in  doing  an  errand  at  the  store.  After  that  he  walked 
home,  arriving  at  27  minutes  past  3.  How  long  did  it  take 
Bill  to  walk  home? 


7.  Stacy  returned  two  books  that  were  2 weeks  late.  The 
fine  was  2^  a day  for  each  book.  Stacy  had  58^  in  her  purse. 
Was  that  enough  to  pay  the  fine? 


24 


This  Is  a Review! 


1.  In  the  box  you  will  find  an  illustration 
for  each  of  the  terms  listed  below.  Copy  in  the 
blank  a number  to  illustrate  each  term. 

a.  minuend 

b.  factor 

c.  addend 

d.  product 

e.  subtrahend 

f.  multiplicand 

g.  remainder 

h.  multiplier 

i.  sum 

Here  are  some  examples  that  Miss  Otis  used 
in  a test  and  some  of  the  answers  that  were 
given.  If  an  answer  is  right,  make  a check  (V) 
beside  it.  If  it  is  wrong,  cross  it  out  (X),  and 
write  the  correct  answer. 

2.  Round  4,395  to  the  nearest  hundred. 
Anne’s  answer:  44 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between  200  and 
20? 

Joe’s  answer:  0 

4.  Give  a reasonable  estimate  for  the  product 
of  23  and  41. 

Sam’s  answer:  80 

5.  What  is  the  product  of  6 and  9? 

Sally’s  answer:  54 

6.  There  are  60  seconds  in  a minute,  and 
60  minutes  in  an  hour.  How  many  seconds  are 
there  in  an  hour? 

Bob’s  answer:  3,600 


Draw  a circle  around  A.  or  S.  or  M.  to  show 
whether  you  must  add,  subtract,  or  multiply. 
Then  solve  each  problem  and  write  the  answer. 
Sometimes  you  have  more  than  one  step  in  a 
problem  and  must  circle  more  than  one  letter. 

Work  on  separate  paper  if  you  cannot  do 
the  figuring  mentally. 

7.  Ann  spent  20^  and  had  30^  left.  How 
much  money  did  she  have  at  first? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 

8.  Bill  earns  $1.50  each  Saturday  afternoon. 
How  much  does  he  earn  in  4 weeks? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 

9.  Rita  had  6 cookies.  If  she  gave  one  to 
each  of  her  three  sisters  and  two  to  her  mother, 
how  many  were  left? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 

10.  The  one-way  fare  to  Kent  is  33^,  and 
the  round-trip  ticket  costs  52  How  much 
money  can  be  saved  on  a round  trip  by  buying 
a round-trip  ticket? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 

11.  Ava’s  mother  put  3-cent  stamps  on  her 
Christmas  cards.  If  she  sent  86  cards,  how 
much  did  the  stamps  cost? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 

12.  The  charge  for  Mr.  Rich’s  telephone  call 
was  75^  for  the  first  3 minutes  and  10^  a minute 
after  that.  If  he  talked  for  5 minutes,  how 
much  did  Mr.  Rich  pay? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 

13.  Uncle  Jack  lives  19  miles  from  his  work. 
How  long  is  the  round  trip  to  and  from  work? 

A.  S.  M.  Answer: 


25 


1.  The  number  6,475  has 
periods. 

a.  6,475  means  6 

and  4 and  75 

b.  6,475  also  means  64 

and tens  and ones. 

c.  6,475  also  means  647  

and ones. 

Round  in  Ex.  2-5  as  directed. 

2.  686  to  the  nearest  ten 

3.  3,279  to  the  nearest  ten 

to  the  nearest  hundred 

4.  9,842  to  the  nearest  thousand 

5.  653,298,500  to  the  nearest  million 


Write  in  figures: 

6.  four  tens  and  five 

7.  six  hundreds  and  six 

8.  thirty- three  tens 

9.  one  hundred  thousand,  one  hundred  ten 


Write  with  Arabic  numerals: 


10.  XXIV 12.  LXIX 

11.  XL 13.  MCML 


14.  Write  the  whole  story  in  A.  and  S.  for 
6,  7,  and  13. 


15.  To  find  n in  the  example  14  + n =26, 

you  think , “26  _ _ _ 14  = ” 

16.  Write  two  examples  in  the  5+3  addi- 
tion family.  ; 

17.  In  the  example  3x8,  the  _ _ means 

_ - _ groups,  each  containing things. 

18.  If  you  have  to  find  the  product  of 
2,146  X 35,  which  number  will  you  use  as  the 
multiplier? 


19.  Write  two  examples  in  the  17—9  sub- 
traction family. 


20.  A good  estimate  for  the  product  of 

8 X 629  is  8 X , or 

Find  the  answers. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

21. 

1 5 

+ 34 

27 
+ 362 

$3.26 
+ 1.85 

5,329 
+ 2,972 

22. 

46 

-24 

874 
- 52 

$3.95 

-0.66 

8,234 

-458 

23. 

206 

-39 

800 
- 356 

5,005 
- 678 

$20.70 
- 1 3.85 

24.  3 2 

86 

$3.08 

3,926 

X 4 

X 7 

X 6 

X 8 

25.  Write  products  for  Ex.  a-c. 


Testing  What  You  Have  Learned 

places  and 


26 


a.  48  X $0.75  = 

b.  205  X $4.98  = _ 

c.  4,507  X 3,060  = 


The  Flower  Shop 

Sometimes  Iva  and  Joe  help  in  their  father’s 
flower  shop.  One  day  their  father  told  them  to 
use  roses  to  show  the  two  kinds  of  division 
(measurement  division  and  fractional-part  divi- 
sion) which  they  were  studying  in  school. 

He  gave  Iva  12  roses  and  some  vases,  and 
told  her  to  put  3 roses  in  each  vase. 

The  picture  below  shows  that  Iva  first 
counted  3 roses  and  put  them  in  a vase. 


1.  Draw  another  vase  beside  Iva’s  and  put 
3 roses  in  it.  Keep  on  drawing  vases  with  3 
roses  in  each  until  all  12  roses  have  been  used. 

2.  How  many  vases  did  Iva  need  for  her 

roses?  

12  -s-  3 = 

3.  If  12  things  are  divided  into  groups  with 

3 in  a group,  there  are groups. 

4.  Iva  measured  12  by  , to  see  how 

many  3’s  there  are  in  12.  There  are 

3’s  in  12. 

Measurement  division  tells  how  many 
equal  groups  are  contained  in  a larger 
group. 


Joe  had  12  roses,  too.  He  was  to  divide 
them  equally  among  3 vases. 

First  Joe  put  1 rose  in  each  of  the  3 vases, 
as  shown  in  the  picture  above. 

5.  Then  Joe  put  another  rose  in  each  vase. 
Draw  roses  in  the  vases  to  show  this. 

6.  To  show  how  Joe  divided  the  rest  of  the 
flowers,  keep  on  drawing  roses  in  the  vases  until 
you  have  used  all  12  roses. 

7.  How  many  roses  did  Joe  put  in  each  of 

the  3 vases? 

| of  12  = 

8.  If  12  things  are  divided  into  3 equal  parts, 


there  are in  each  part. 

9.  Joe  divided  12  into  equal  parts, 

called One  third  of  12  is 


Fractional-part  division  tells  how 
many  there  are  in  each  of  the  equal 
parts  of  a group. 


10.  The  division  fact  12  4-3  =4  may  tell  that 

a.  there  are 3’s  in  12;  or  that 

b.  there  are in  each  of  the equal  parts  of  12. 


27 


Division  Facts  and  Related  Multiplication  Facts 


1.  Complete  the  following: 

a.  2X3= b.  3X2= 

< — Quotient  — »- 

c.  3)6  d.  2)6 

2.  Ex.  1 tells  in  different  ways  that  there  are 

two  3’s  in and  three  2’s  in 

3.  If  6 = n X 3,  then  n = To  find  n 

here,  you 6 by 

We  divide  to  find  the  missing  factor. 

Multiplication  facts  go  with  related  division 
facts  to  make  whole  stories. 

4.  The  whole  story  in  M.  and  D.  about  2,  3, 


and  6 is: 

2 X = 6 

6 -3  = 

3 X =6 

6 Pt  2 = 

5.  Write  the  whole  story  in  M.  and  D.  about 

a.  5,  9,  and  45. 

b.  8,  9,  and  72. 

c.  3,  9,  and  27.  d.  9,  7,  and  63. 


6.  Write  each  of  the  following  division  facts 
in  two  other  ways: 

a.  9’s  in  18  =2 

b.  30  : 6 = 5 

28 


If  you  know  all  the  division  facts,  you  can 
divide  any  number.  Write  quotients  to  finish 
the  following  D.  facts,  using  related  M.  facts 
when  they  help  you. 


a 

b 

C 

d 

e 

7.  5)10 

8)64 

6)48 

9)54 

4)28 

8.  8)8 

6)42" 

1)0 

7)35 

7)63 

9.  1)6 

4)12" 

2)14 

3)0 

5)20 

10.  6)54 

7)0 

8)16 

4)20 

9)45 

11.  7)7 

2)18 

5)15 

1)T 

3)12 

12.  8)48 

6)36 

3)21 

6)6 

5)25 

13.  4)16 

4)36 

8)24 

5)40 

4)8 

14.  4)0 

3)24 

5)35 

9)18 

8)72 

15.  7)42 

9)9 

3)15" 

1)8 

5)0 

16.  6)18 

4)24 

7)56 

7)21 

6)24 

17.  1)2" 

9)63 

4)32 

6)0 

8)56 

18.  5)5 

9)81 

8)40 

9)27 

7)28 

19.  3)18 

5)45" 

7)49 

3)27 

8)0" 

20.  4)4 

7)14 

3)9 

6)30 

9)72 

21.  2)16" 

9)0 

5)30 

8)32 

1)3 

22.  3)3 

2)8 

1)9 

2)0" 

9)36 

23.  2)6 

6)12" 

3)6 

2)2" 

1)4 

Table  Numbers  in  Uneven  Division 


1.  Ralph  has  110.  How  many  2^  candies 
can  he  buy?  Will  he  have  any  money  left, 
and,  if  so,  how  much? 

To  find  out,  finish  the  diagram  below. 


In  uneven  division  facts,  you  use  table  num- 
bers to  help  you. 

Under  each  example,  write  the  table  number 
you  would  use.  Do  not  divide  yet. 

abed 


7.  6)25  3)17  4)18  7)32 


2.  On  another  paper,  subtract  to  find  how 
many  times  you  can  take  2 out  of  11. 

There  are 2’s  in  11,  and  there 


8.  9)52 


5)28 


8)63  2)15 


is  a remainder  of 


B 

5,  Rl 

2jn 

C 

11  ~2  = 5,  Rl 

3.  In  dividing  11  by  2 (boxes  A-C),  you 
have  to  know  how  many  2’s  you  can  take  from 
1 1 all  at  one  time.  11^-2  is  not  in  any  divi- 
sion table,  but  10  -5-  2 is.  10  is  the  table 
number  to  use  because  it  is  next  smaller  than  1 1 . 

10  h-2  = 5,  so  11  -2  , R . 


9.  3)29  7)46 


10.  5)49  9)70 


11.  83  - 9 = 


13.  25  -T-  7 = 


4)31  6)38 


2)19  8)47 


12.  74  - 8 = 


14.  58  -r-  6 = . 


4.  Complete  the  table  with  divisor  2: 

2)2  2)4  2)6  2)8  2)10 

2)12  2)14  2)16  2)18 

5.  The  table  numbers  for  dividing  by  2 are 

2 4 

, , , j , , . 

6.  For  2)17  you  would  use as  the  table 

number  because  it  is  next 

than  17. 

17-5-2  4 R 


15.  Now  divide  in  Ex.  7-14.  Try  to  think 
the  multiplication  and  subtraction  and  write 
only  quotient  and  remainder,  as  in  boxes  B 
and  C.  Copy  the  example  on  separate  paper  if 
you  have  to  write  the  work. 

16.  26  -4-  4 = , R To  check  the  an- 
swer, you  multiply  X 4 and  add 

The  result  should  be 

17.  65  -9  = I _,  R 

Check:  _ _ _ X9  = ; + _ _ _ = 


29 


Division  with  Two-Place  Quotient 


[Check'] 


A 

B 

c 

D 

34  quotient 

26 

37,  R1 

49,  R4 

Check 

^2)68  dividend 

2)52 

2)75 

7)347 

49 

6 (3  tens  X 2) 

4 

6 

28 

X 7 

”8 

12 

15 

67 

343 

8 (4X2) 

12 

14 

63 

+ 4 

divisor 

1 remainder 

4 

347 

1.  As  shown  in  box  D,  to  check  a division 

example,  you  multiply  the 

and  the and  add  the 

, if  any.  The  result 

should  equal  the 


2.  When  you  divide  by  2,  the  largest  re- 
mainder you  can  have  is 

3.  For  the  divisor  4,  a remainder  can  be 

, , , or  _ Ll  _ . When  the  remainder 

is , we  do  not  write  it. 


a 

4.  4)1*96 


Divide.  Study  boxes  A-D  if  you  need  help, 
b c d e f 

6J2T6  3JTT0  8]60T  7]55T  5)3*23 


5.  9)777  3)TT9 


7)299*  4)357  8)70*9  6)387 


In  Ex.  6-8,  the  answers  are  wrong.  Copy  each  example  in  the 
space  provided  and  write  the  work  correctly. 


2,  R6  34,  R5  36 

6.  2)46  7.  6)239  8.  5)T81 

40  21  15 

6 29  31 

24  30 

5 


30 


1.  Write  any  number  — for  example,  5,246. 
Then,  using  the  same  figures,  write  another 
number  under  the  first  one,  as  shown  at  the 
left  below.  Find  the  difference  between  the  two 
numbers,  and  show  that  the  difference  between 
them  can  be  divided  by  9 without  a remainder. 

5,246 

- 2,65  4 9) 


2.  Now  you  choose  a number  and  work  the 
puzzle  in  Ex.  1.  Be  sure  to  subtract  the  smaller 
number! 


3.  Take  11  marbles.  Take  away  5,  add  3, 
and  the  result  is  8.  Explain. 


a 


Division  with  Larger  Quotients 

Divide.  Write  all  your  work, 
be  d 


1.  2)1 ,09  6 8)1  0,62  7 6)1  , 1 9 9 7)4 , 2 5 0 


2.  6)7 , 2 5 8 2)1  0,3  5 6 5)6  0 , 1 7 5 3)4  2 , 0 6 1 


31 


Finding  the 

See  if  you  can  work  with  averages. 

1.  Mother  said,  ‘Til  plan  an  average  of 
2 sandwiches  apiece.”  If  there  were  6 people, 
how  many  sandwiches  were  needed? 


Average 

5.  Four  pupils  reported  their  walking  time 
between  school  and  the  post  office.  In  min- 
utes, their  times  were:  Joe,  15;  Marge,  18; 
Ted,  17;  Bill,  14.  What  was  the  average  time? 


2.  Bill  said,  “Maybe  we  ought  to  ask  each 
one  just  how  many  he  can  eat!”  This  is  the 
tally  (record)  Bill  made  of  the  number  of  sand- 
wiches each  one  wanted. 

Finish  Bill’s  table  and  find  the  total.  Then, 
to  find  the  average,  divide  the  total  by  the 
number  of  addends. 


Find  the  average  of  each  of  these  sets  of 


numbers. 

Work  in  the 

space  below. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

6.  15 

6 

2 1 7 

4,000 

1 9 

7 

243 

3,000 

1 8 

8 

2,000 

1 6 

Mother  . . . 

/ 

Dad  .... 

// 

Sally  .... 

// 

Pete  .... 

/// 

Ruth  .... 

/ 

Bill 

m 

Total  ....  

Average  . . . 

Was  Mother’s  plan  a good  one? 


3.  Blacken  the  dashed  line  below  to  show  the 
average  length  of  the  four  lines  under  the 
number  scale. 


4.  The  average  of  4,  5,  7,  and  8 can  be 
found  by  dividing  by  4;  the  average 


and 


This  is  a very  old  Egyptian  puzzle: 

A mule  and  a horse  were  carrying  some  bales 
of  cloth. 

The  mule  said  to  the  horse,  “If  you  give  me 
one  of  your  bales,  I shall  be  carrying  as  many 
as  you.” 

The  horse  replied,  “But  if  you  give  me 
one  of  yours,  I shall  carry  twice  as  many 
as  you.” 

How  many  bales  was  each  carrying? 

Mule:  Horse:  

Is  there  an  average  in  this  puzzle? 

Why  or  why  not? 


is 


32 


Division  by  a 2-Place  Number 


1.  When  Tim  was  sick  in  bed  for  a long 
time,  his  classmates  bought  him  a bird- 
feeding tray  for  his  window.  The  tray  cost 
$3.95,  and  42  pupils  wanted  to  divide  the  cost 
equally. 

Their  teacher  knew  that  $3.95  cannot  be 
divided  evenly  by  42,  so  she  agreed  to  pay 
the  remainder.  How  much  did  each  pupil  pay, 
and  how  much  did  the  teacher  pay? 

Divide  (box  A or  box  B).  For  395  42  think , 

“39  tens  -f-  4 tens  = ” 

Multiply  and  compare.  X42  = 

Subtract  and  compare.  395  — = 

Each  pupil  paid  _ _ _ ^ ; the  teacher, 


[ Trial  quotient  the  true  quotient ] 


a 


Divide.  Write  all  your  work  on  this  page, 
be  d 


e 


2.  22)$  1.99  30)277  43)777 


75)$  4.5  5 86)703 


3.  52)$  2.25  66)77¥  90)$  7.29  64)$  3.36  45)278 


4.  32)278  54)387  21)$  1.9  6 32)2  3 6 43)77  6 


5.  84)778  72)570  56)$  4.48  63)277  92)783 


33 


Finding  the  True  Quotient 


1.  Work  the  example  in  box  A.  First  think , 
“19  tens  -r-  5 tens.”  The 

table  number  is , 

and  the  quotient  figure 

is 

2.  A division  example  gives  you  practice  in 
multiplication,  addition,  and  subtraction. 


A 

58)T97 


a 

17.  3 4 6 

-328 


18.  2 11 
- 1 95 


[ Trial  quotient  not  true  quotient ] 

d 


b 

8 1 2 
-810 


3 1 8 
-276 


c 

705 

-680 


262 

-252 


453 

-406 


150 
-14  1 


In  the  example  in  box  A,  you  divide  19 
by to  find  the  trial  quotient;  you  mul- 
tiply 58  by ; in  multiplying  3 X 58,  you 

add to ; then  you  subtract 

from 

Here  is  some  practice  that  will  help  you 
in  division  examples.  Try  to  do  the  work  in 


your  head,  and  write  just  the 

answers. 

a 

b 

3. 

5x6+4= 

3 

X 4 +2  = 

4. 

6x8+3= 

7 

X 5 + 3 = 

5. 

2X8+1  = 

4 

X 

00 

+ 

OO 

II 

6. 

5X9+3  = 

9 

X 6 + 6 = 

7. 

4x7+2= 

5 

X 8 + 2 = 

8. 

3x9  + 1= 

6 

X 6 +4  = 

9. 

7x4+6=  _____ 

9 

X 

+ 

00 

II 

10. 

9x5+7=  _____ 

4 

X 6 + 1 = 

11. 

8x3+7= 

8 

X 5 +6  = 

12. 

9x4+5= 

9 

X 2 + 3 = 

13. 

7X8+5  = 

7 

II 

+ 

X 

14. 

6x7+5= 

8 

X 6 + 2 = 

15. 

9X8+4= 

6 

X 9 +2  = 

16. 

8x7+4= 

8 

X 2 + 5 = 

34 

19.  For  box  B,  think , “28  tens  3 tens.” 
From  the  division  table  for  the  divisor  3,  you 

see  that is  the  table  number,  so  you  try 

as  the  quotient.  9 X 38  = Is 

9 the  true  quotient? 

How  can  you  tell? 


Try  8.  8 X 38  = 

Is  8 right? 

Try  7.  7 X 38  = 

Work  Ex.  B.  The  true 
quotient  is 

Divide.  Try  to  think  the  multiplication  for 
each  trial  quotient. 

Trials  for  Quotient 

20.  26JT60  16  -f-  2 = 

8 X 26  = 

7 X 26  = 

6 X 26  = 

21.  47}4T6  44  - 4 = 

Try  9. 

9 X 47  = 


Dividing  Larger  Numbers 

' [< Some  quotient  figures  non-apparent] 


A 

B 

C 

D 

8,  R13 

21 

52,  R15 

38,  R8 

36]30T 

36)756 

45)2355 

45)1)718 

288 

72 

2 25 

1 35 

13 

36 

105 

368 

36 

90 

360 

15 

8 

1.  In  box  A,  are  there  enough  hundreds  to 

give  at  least  1 to  each  of  36  groups? 

Are  there  enough  tens?  Then  we 

have  just  1 quotient  figure,  and  it  is  writ- 
ten in place. 

2.  In  box  B,  are  there  enough  hundreds  to 

give  at  least  1 to  each  of  36  groups? 

Are  there  enough  tens? Then  we 


have  quotient  figures.  The  first  one  is 

written  in place. 

3.  In  box  C,  the  first  partial  dividend  is 

tens,  and  the  second  partial  dividend  is 

ones. 

4.  In  box  D,  we  first  try for  the  ten’s 

quotient  figure,  then For  the  one’s  figure 

we  try , then 


Divide  in  rows  5-7.  Write  all  your  work  on  this  page.  Try  to 
test  the  trial  quotients  in  your  head. 


5.  63)2 ,709 


45)1 ,2  1 5 


73)5 ,110 


24)1 ,968 


6.  14]38“9 


33)1 ,749 


65)2 ,360 


66)1 ,19  5 


7.  79)3 ,250 


74)3 ,996 


54)3 ,950 


58)4 ,060 


35 


Do  you  remember  Grandfather’s  puzzle?  (It 
is  on  page  15.)  Here  is  another  one. 

Grandfather  said,  "You  write  any  number 
of  3 figures,  and  without  dividing  I will  change 
it  to  a 4-figure  number  that  is  exactly  divisible 
by  9.” 

Ed  wasn’t  sure  what  "exactly  divisible” 
means,  so  Grandfather  explained  that  a num- 
ber is  exactly  divisible  by  another  number 
when  there  is  no  remainder. 

1.  Ed  wrote  652.  Quick  as  a flash,  Grand- 
father changed  it  to  6,525  and  said,  "There, 
6,525  is  exactly  divisible  by  9.  Prove  it!” 

In  box  A,  write  the  quo- 
tient Ed  found.  Divide  on 
another  paper. 

2.  Ed  wanted  to  try  again,  so  he  wrote  123. 
Grandfather  changed  this  to 
1,233. 

Divide  1,233  by  9.  Write 
the  quotient  in  box  B. 

Is  1,233  exactly  divisible  by  9? 


B 

9)T72'33 


A 

9)6 , 5 2 5 


3.  Grandfather  explained  Ex.  1 and  2 this 
way:  "If  the  sum  of  the  figures  in  a number 
can  be  divided  by  9 without  a remainder,  the 
number  is  exactly  divisible  by  9.” 

To  change  652  (Ex.  1),  Grandfather  thought, 

"6  + 5 + 2 = ” Then  from  the  M. 

table  for  9’s,  he  chose  the  product  next  larger 

than  this  sum,  which  is So  to  make 

the  sum  of  the  4 figures  exactly  divisible  by 
9,  the  fourth  figure  must  be  18  — 13,  or 

4.  Why  did  Grandfather  change  123  to  1,233? 


5.  Change  975  to  a 4- 
place  number  exactly  di- 
visible by  9. 


In  box  C,  show  that  your  answer  is  cor- 
rect. 


C 

91 


a 


Division  with  2-PIace  and  3-Place  Quotients 

[Apparent  and  non-apparent  quotient  figures ] 

Divide  in  Ex.  a-d  below.  Write  all  your  work  on  this  page. 

be  d 


1.  34)897 


34)8 ,945 


47)3 ,307 


47)  3 3,  0 7 4 


36 


6. 


2.  Notice  that  Ex.  la  and  lb  are  very  much 
alike.  In  Ex.  lb  the  dividend  has  one  more 
figure  than  the  dividend  in  Ex.  la.  Is  the  same 
thing  true  of  the  quotients? 


3.  How  many  figures  has  the  dividend  in 

Ex.  lc?  in  Ex.  Id?  How  many 

figures  has  the  quotient  in  Ex.  lc? in 

Ex.  Id?  ____ 


291,  Rll 
13)3394 
26 
1 09 
1 07 
24 
13 
11 


4.  Miss  Otis  wrote  42)968  on  the  board  and 
said,  “How  many  figures  will  there  be  in  the 
quotient?  And  tell  why.” 

Bill  said,  “Three,  because  968  has  three 
figures.” 

Sally  said,  “Two,  because  the  first  division  is 
96  tens  -r-  42.  The  first  quotient  figure  will  be 
above  6 in  ten’s  place,  and  the  second  above  8 
in  one’s  place.” 

Which  was  right? 


871,  R30 
7.  35)30,415 
28  0 
2 41 
2 45 
65 
35 
30 


Find  the  mistakes  in  Ex.  5-8.  Then  copy 
each  example  in  the  space  at  its  right  and  work 
it  correctly. 


120,  R51 
5.  74)9381 
74 
1 98 


80,  R9 
8.  24)169 
160 
9 


Divide  in  row  9.  Do  all  your  work  on  this  page, 
b c 


d 


9.  32)6 ,944 


53)9 ,5  69 


86)8 ,93  7 


61)1  4,8  64 


How  Well  Do  You  Remember? 


Can  you  subtract  and  multiply  correctly?  If  you  can,  you  will 
not  have  much  trouble  in  working  division  examples. 


Subtract. 


a 


b 


a b c 


d 


1.  811  300 

-759  -202 


7,386 

-6,427 


5,050 

-4,863 


9.  6,015 
X 324 


3,456  2,304 

X 1 09  X 5 80 


2.  70  5 1 40 

- 627  - 82 


1,005 

-868 


1,000 

-997 


3.  4 1 4 749 

-236  -708 


1,972  3,306 

- 1,928  - 3,1  08 


10.  8,7  00 
X 348 


5,170 
X 507 


8,920 
X 570 


Multiply. 

4.  3 5 4 8 2 6 

X 4 X 7 


5.  829  3 74 

X 5 X 9 


473  5,142 

X 6 X 8 


768  3,475 

X 3 X 6 


11.  As  a check  to  see  if  an  answer  is  reason- 
able, you  may  estimate  the  result  by  using 
numbers. 


6.  7 1 8 28  7 

X 9 X 7 


7.  792  1 84 

X 54  X 39 


496 
X 3 


5 1 6 
X 8 1 


2,953 
X 6 


For  each  of  Ex.  12-16,  first  estimate  the 
product.  Then  write  the  exact  product. 


12.  4,625  X 2,132  = 


962 
X 7 3 


Estimated  product: 
13.  7,800  X $41.50  = _ 


Estimated  product: 


14.  1,024  X $31.45  = 


8.  5,006  708 

X 5 8 X 6 9 


3,060 
X 37 


2,590 
X 1 6 


Estimated  product: 
15.  1,932  X 8,239 


Estimated  product: 
16.  86  X $0.69  = 
Estimated  product: 


38 


Dividing  by  a 3-place 
divisor  is  no  different  from 
dividing  by  any  number. 

Study  the  work  in  the  box. 

Remember  that  we  must 
write  a figure  in  the  quo- 
tient for  each  dividend  fig- 
ure we  bring  down. 

In  the  problems  below,  you  have  to  divide  by  a 3-place  Space  for  Work 

number.  Use  the  space  at  the  right  to  do  your  work. 

1.  Green  coffee  beans  are  shipped  from  Brazil  in  bags  con- 
taining 133  pounds.  About  how  many  bags  would  25,000 
pounds  of  coffee  beans  make? 

Why  should  you  round  the  quotient  to  the  next  larger 
number  of  units? 


Dividing  by  3-Place  Divisors 

[Apparent  and  nan-apparent  quotient  figures] 


Dividing  hundreds 

Dividing  tens 

Dividing  ones 

2 

20 

208,  R4 

423)88,025 

423)88,025 

423)88,025 

84  6 

84  6 

84  6 

3 42 

3 425 

3 425 

3 384 

41 

2.  A 9,000-acre  tract  of  land  was  divided  into  257  farms. 
To  the  nearest  acre,  how  large  was  an  average  farm? 


Why  would  you  not  round  the  quotient  to  the  next  larger 
number  of  units? 


3.  Mr.  Osgood  hoped  to  average  325  miles  a day  on  a trip 
of  1,600  miles.  About  how  many  days  would  the  trip  take? 


Divide  in  Ex.  4-7.  Write  all  your  work  on  this  page. 


j 4.  412)8  5,696 


5.  224)2  7,300 


6.  176)9  3, 1 04 


7.  720)2  5,920 


Here  is  another  good  trick  that  uses  all  four 

The  result  in  Ex.  1 should  be  10.  In  fact, 

operations — addition,  subtraction,  multiplica- 

the  result  is  always  10,  whatever  number  you 

tion,  and  division. 

begin  with.  Now  try  another. 

1.  Take  any  number: 

2.  Take  any  number: 

Multiply  it  by  6: 

Multiply  it  by  6: 

Add  12:  

Add  12: 

Divide  by  3: 

Divide  by  3: 

Subtract  2: 

Subtract  2: 

Divide  by  2: 

Divide  by  2: 

Subtract  the  number: 

Subtract  the  number: 

Add  9;  the  result  is: 

Add  9;  the  result  is: 

Using  AIS  Four  Processes 


When  an  example  tells  you  to  add,  you 
know  what  to  do,  but  in  problems  you  have 
to  decide  what  process  or  processes  to  use. 

In  problems  1-7,  first  draw  circles  around 
the  letters  that  tell  the  processes  you  will  use. 
Then  solve  the  problems  mentally  and  write 
the  answers.  Read  the  problems  carefully! 
Some  have  more  than  one  step. 

1.  Hedda  bought  15  three-cent  stamps.  How 
much  did  she  pay  for  them? 

A.  S.  M.  D.  Ans. 

2.  Amy  spent  15^  for  3^  stamps.  How 
many  stamps  did  she  get? 

A.  S.  M.  D.  Ans. 

3.  Lucy  paid  15^  for  a package  of  enve- 
lopes and  3^  for  a stamp.  How  much  did  she 
spend? 

A.  S.  M.  D. 

40 


[ Problems  in  A.,  S.,  M.,  D.] 

4.  Joan  bought  a 15  £ birthday  card  and  a 
3^  stamp.  The  card  cost  how  much  more  than 
the  stamp? 

A.  S.  M.  D.  Ans. 

5.  Sue  wrote  3 notes  in  15  minutes.  What 
was  the  average  time  for  a note? 

A.  S.  M.  D.  Ans. 

6.  One  day  Mrs.  Ames  went  by  bus  to 
visit  a friend  who  lived  on  the  other  side  of 
town.  Each  way,  she  paid  15^  bus  fare  and 
3 for  a transfer.  How  much  did  the  round 
trip  cost? 

A.  S.  M.  D.  Ans. 

7.  Mr.  Ames  talked  for  8 minutes  on  a tele- 
phone call.  The  charge  was  15^  for  the  first 
3 minutes,  and  5 for  each  additional  minute. 
Find  the  total  cost  of  the  call. 


Ans. 


A.  S.  M.  D. 


Ans. 


Units  of  Measure 


1.  In  the  picture  you  will  see  many  things 
that  can  be  measured  or  that  suggest  the  use 
of  some  unit  of  measure.  Near  each  of  these 
pictured  items,  write  the  name  of  the  unit  of 
measure  that  it  suggests. 


2.  On  the  dashed  lines  in  the  columns  below, 
write  the  correct  abbreviation  for  each  unit  of 
measure.  Choose  from  these: 


bu. 

gal.  lb. 

oz. 

qt. 

T. 

da. 

hr.  mi. 

pk. 

rd. 

yd. 

ft. 

in.  min. 

pt. 

sec. 

yr- 

feet 

rods 

gallon  _ 

pint  _ _ _ 

pecks 

miles 

day 

ounce 

minute 

ton 

inches 

pounds 

yard 

quart 

second  _ 

hour  _ _ 

bushel  _ _ 

foot  _ _ _ 

17.  Write  three  units 

of  meas 

following  kinds  of  measurement. 

[ Tables ; abbreviations] 

From  the  list  of  units  of  measure  in  Ex.  2, 
choose  and  write  the  one  that  fits  best  in  each 
of  Ex.  3-16. 

3.  Mrs.  Day’s  family  uses  14 

of  milk  a week. 

4.  Betty’s  weight  was  75 

5.  The  pencil  was  5 long. 

6.  Bill  lives  2 from  school. 

7.  Sarah’s  letter  weighed  2 

8.  The  baseball  game  was  2 long. 

9.  Mrs.  Leeds  bought  4 of  meat. 

10.  Each  member  of  the  spelling  team  was 

allowed  15 for  each  word. 

11.  Tom’s  father  ordered  3 of  coal. 

12.  The  tank  in  Mr.  Jones’s  automobile  holds 

15 of  gasoline. 

13.  Jack’s  pulse  (heartbeat)  was  78  beats  per 


14.  Sam’s  father  is  72 tall. 

15.  The  telephone  pole  was  25 high. 

16.  The  roadside  market  sold  apples  at  3 
for  29 


Measures  of 

Measures  of 

Linear  Measure 

Liquid 

Dry 

Time 

Weight 

(Distance  or  Length) 

Measure 

Measure 

41 


Changing  from  One  Unit  of  Measure  to  Another 


1.  There  were  48  candy  bars  in  a carton. 
Each  bar  weighed  1 oz.  How  many  pounds 
of  candy  were  there  in  the  carton? 

GGGGGGGGGGG& 

GGGGGGGGGGGG 

GGGGGGGGGGG 

GGGGGGGGGGGG 

Draw  a box  around  enough  candy  bars  to 
make  a pound.  Keep  on  drawing  boxes  until 
you  have  used  all  the  candy  bars. 

48  oz.  = lb. 

2.  To  change  48  oz.  to  pounds,  you  must 

48  by  Since  pounds 

( multiply ; divide ) 

are  than  ounces,  the  number 

( larger ; smaller) 

of  pounds  in  48  oz.  is than  48. 

{more;  less) 


3.  Mr.  Storrs  had  2 bu.  of  grain.  He  had 
how  many  pecks? 


On  the  lines,  draw  pictures  of  the  pecks  in 
each  bushel. 

2 bu.  = pk. 

4.  To  find  how  many  pecks  there  are  in 
2 bu.,  you  _____  4 by 

{multiply;  divide) 

Since  pecks  are  __. than  bushels, 

{larger;  smaller) 

the  number  of  pecks  in  2 bu.  is 

{more;  less) 

than  2. 


5.  The  number  line  below  represents  48  inches.  Mark  it  to  show 

that  48  in.  = ft. 

i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i r- i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 

0 2 4 6 8 10  12  14  16  18  20  22  24  26  28  30  32  34  36  38  40  42  44  46  48 

6.  The  number  line  below  represents  3 yards.  Mark  it  to  show  that 

3 yd.  = ft. 


r 

0 


T 

2 


3 


Here  is  some  practice  in  changing  from  one  unit  of  measure  to  another. 


To  change  Remember  that 


7.  3 feet  to  inches  1 ft.  = in. 

8.  14  days  to  weeks  1 wk.  = da. 

9.  6 yards  to  feet  1 yd.  = ft. 

10.  4 pounds  to  ounces  1 lb.  = oz. 

11.  28  pecks  to  bushels  1 bu.  = __  pk. 

12.  180  seconds  to  minutes  1 min.  = sec. 

42 


Multiply 

or  divide? 

Result 

12  by 

3 ft.  = iib  in. 

. 14  by 

14  da.  = _ wk. 

_ 3 by 

6 yd.  = ft. 

. 16  by 

41b.  = oz. 

28 by-... 

28  pk.  = _ - bu. 

- 180  by__- 

__  180  sec.  = - m 

Adding  and  Subtracting  Measurement  Numbers 


2 ft.  8 in. 


^-11 


3 ft.  4 in. 


2 ft.  3 in. 


1.  In  box  A,  find  the  total  length  from  the  back  of  the  trailer 
to  the  end  of  the  cart’s  handle. 

The  sum  in  the  inches’  column  is inches.  So  you 

change  inches  to feet inches,  and  carry 

feet  to  the  column  for  feet.  Finish  the  work. 

2.  In  box  B,  find  how  much  shorter  the  body  of  the  trailer 
is  than  the  body  of  the  cart. 

You  cannot  subtract  8 from  4,  so  you  borrow foot 

from feet.  This  gives  you inches  to  add  to 

inches,  and  you  subtract  8 from Finish  the  work. 


3.  In  the  examples  on  this  page  you  must  know  these  measures: 
inches  (in.)  = 1 foot  (ft.) 

feet  (ft.)  = 1 yard  (yd.)  

^ ounces  (oz.)  = 1 pound  (lb.) 

_ _ _ months  (mo.)  = 1 year  (yr.)  

Add.  Be  careful  about  the  carrying. 


4.  6 ft.  9 in. 

+ 4 ft.  6 in. 


5.  1 0 lb.  3 oz. 
+ 9 lb.  14  oz. 


6.  2 yd.  2 ft. 

+ 3 yd.  1 ft. 


seconds  (sec.)  = 1 minute  (min.) 
minutes  (min.)  = 1 hour  (hr.) 
quarts  (qt.)  = 1 gallon  (gal.) 
pecks  (pk.)  = 1 bushel  (bu.) 


7.  5 hr.  3 5 min.  1 5 sec. 

+ 2 hr.  10  min.  5 0 sec. 


8.  1 1 yr.  7 mo. 

-f  1 0 yr.  8 mo. 


9.  7 bu.  3 pk. 

+ 5 bu.  2 pk. 


10.  2 gal.  2 qt. 

+ 3 gal.  1 qt. 


11.  1 yd.  2 ft.  9 in. 

4-  2 yd.  1 ft.  8 in. 


Subtract.  Remember  that  in  borrowing  you  change  one  larger  unit  to  smaller  units. 


12.  8 min.  1 0 sec. 

— 5 min.  4 0 sec. 


13.  9 ft. 

- 4 ft.  8 in. 


14.  1 6 lb.  4 oz. 

- 1 0 lb.  12  oz. 


15.  4 yd.  2 ft.  6 in. 

- 3 yd.  2 ft.  1 0 in. 


16.  7 yd.  1 ft. 

— 4 yd.  2 ft. 


17.  5 gal.  2 qt. 

— 3 gal.  3 qt. 


18.  3 bu.  1 pk. 

— 1 bu.  3 pk. 


19.  3 hr.  5 min.  5 sec. 

— 1 hr.  2 0 min.  3 0 sec. 


43 


Multiplying  and  Dividing  Measurement  Numbers 


The  girls  in  the  Home  Crafts  Club  made  a 
knitted  afghan  to  show  at  the  County  Fair. 

Here  are  some  of  the  problems  the  girls  had 
when  they  were  making  the  afghan.  For  each 
of  problems  1-4,  write  the  letter  of  the  box  that 
shows  the  work  and  copy  the  answer. 

1.  Mary  knitted  4 short  strips,  each  1 ft.  4 in. 
long.  What  was  the  total  length  of  her  knit- 
ting? 

Box: Answer:  


A 

Side  work 

1 ft.  4 in. 

X 4 

4 x 4 in.  = 

in. 

5 ft.  4 in. 

16  in.  = 1 ft. 

in. 

B 

5 in. 

9)3  ft.  9 in. 

= 9)45  in. 

45  in. 

C 

1ft. 

4 in. 

4)5  ft.  4 in. 

4 ft. 

1 ft.  4 in. 

1 16  in. 

16  in. 

D 

9 

3 ft.  9 in.  -f- 

5 in.  = 45  in 

. -4-  5 in. 

5)45 

45 

2.  If  each  strip  is  5 in.  wide,  how  many 
strips,  sewn  together,  would  make  3 ft.  9 in.? 


6.  Show  below  how  we  get  45  in.  in  box  B. 


Box: Answer:  

3.  To  make  a strip  running  the  full  length 
of  the  afghan,  5 ft.  4 in.,  the  girls  sewed  4 
equal  short  strips  together.  Find  the  length 
of  each  of  the  short  strips. 

Box: Answer:  


7.  In  box  B,  if  the  divisor  were  3,  would 
you  still  have  to  change  3 ft.  9 in.  to  inches 
before  dividing? 



8.  In  box  D,  if  the  divisor  were  3 in.,  would 
you  still  have  to  change  3 ft.  9 in.  to  inches 
before  dividing?  Explain. 


4.  What  is  ^ of  3 ft.  9 in.? 


Box:  Answer:  

5.  Finish  the  side  work  in  box  A.  The  an- 
swer in  box  A is ft.  4 in.  and  not  4 ft.  4 in. 


9.  In  box  D,  does  the  quotient,  9,  mean 
“feet”  or  “inches”  or  “strips”?  


Why? 


Why? 


44 


Multiplying  and  Dividing  Measurement  Numbers 

Write  only  your  answers  here.  Try  to  do  Ex.  1-6  in  your  head. 


a 

1.  1 yd.  2 ft. 

X 3 

b 

2 ft.  5 in. 

X 5 

c 

3 hr.  15  min. 

X 4 

d 

2 qt.  1 pt. 
X 8 

2.  3 pk.  4 qt. 

X 3 

4 lb.  7 oz. 

X 5 

8 gal.  2 qt. 

X 2 

1 ft.  6 in. 
X 6 

3.10  min.  2 0 sec. 

X 2 

6 bu.  2 pk. 

X 7 

2 hr.  4 5 min. 

X 2 

2 yd.  2 ft. 
X 5 

4.  5 min.  3 sec. 

X 4 

5 lb.  3 oz. 

X 4 

5 gal.  3 qt. 

X 4 

5 pk.  3 qt. 
X 4 

5.  3)1  2 gal.  3 qt.  5)3  ft.  4 in.  3)1  hr.  4)6  lb.  4 oz. 


6.  4)2  yd.  2 ft. 


6)7  bu.  2 pk. 


4)1  0 min.  2 0 sec.  3)4  wk.  2 da. 


b 


c 


7.  15  minjr  hr.  1 5 min. 


2 da.)3  wk.  1 da. 


4 oz.)2  lb.  4 oz. 


8.  1 pt.)2  qt.  1 pt. 


2 ft.32~-ycL 


3 qt.)5  gal.  1 qt. 


9.  2 in.)3  ft.  4 in. 


5 sec.)5  min.  5 sec. 


2 ft.)3  yd.  1 ft. 


10.  To  divide  2 yd.  of  ribbon  into  6 equal 

parts,  you  must  change  2 yd.  to ft.  and 

find  of  that  number. 

^ of  2 yd.  = ft. 


11.  To  find  how  many  15-minute  radio  pro- 
grams you  can  hear  in  1 hr.  45  min.,  you  change 

1 hr.  45  min.  to min.,  and  divide 

by  15.  The  answer  is programs. 


45 


Perimeter  and  Area 


[Square  inch;  square  foot ] 


1.  Which  figures  are  squares? 

2.  List  the  other  rectangles. 

3.  How  many  small  squares  in  each  figure? 

A B C D 

E F G 

4.  Figures  with  the  same  area  are  and 

; _ _ _ _ and ; and 


5.  A square  and  another  rectangle  have  the 
same  area  if  they  contain  the  same  number 

of units  of  the  same 

kind. 

6.  Two  figures  may  have  the  same 

even  if  they  do  not  have  the 

same  shape. 


Draw  the  following  figures  below.  Label  the  width  and  length  of 
each.  Let  each  small  square  mean  1 square  inch. 

Below  each  figure,  write  its  area  (A)  and  its  perimeter  (p). 


7.  A square  5"  on  a side. 

8.  A rectangle  4"  by  6". 

9.  A rectangle  2"  wide  that  contains  8 square 
inches. 


10.  A square  that  contains  9 square  inches. 

11.  A rectangle  4"  long  with  a perimeter  of 
14".  (Helper.  The  two  4-inch  sides  will  use 
8 inches  of  the  perimeter.) 


11. 

10. 

9. 

8. 

7. 

A = 

sq.  in. 

A = 

_ _ sq.  in. 

A = 

sq.  in. 

A = 

sq.  in. 

A =___ 

_ sq.  in. 

P = 

in. 

P = -- 

in. 

P = 

in. 

P = 

in. 

P = - 

in. 

c.  The  area  of  the  afghan  was sq.  in. 

d.  Since  sq.  in.  = 1 sq.  ft.,  the 

area  of  the  afghan  in  square  feet  was 

sq.  ft. 

46 


12.  The  afghan  made  by  the  Home  Crafts 
Club  (page  44)  was  3 ft.  9 in.  wide  and  5 ft.  4 in. 
long. 

a.  It  was in.  wide. 

b.  It  was in.  long. 


Areas  and  Rectangles 


The  rectangle  above  represents  the  afghan 
made  by  the  girls  in  the  Home  Crafts  Club  (see 
page  44).  You  are  going  to  complete  the  dia- 
gram so  as  to  show  the  pattern  of  the  finished 
afghan. 

Each  small  division  of  the  squared  paper 
stands  for  1 inch,  so  each  small  square  stands 
for  1 square  inch. 

1 . The  afghan  was  5 ft.  4 in.  long  and  3 ft.  9 in. 
wide.  Finish  the  marking  that  is  started  at 
the  top  and  the  right  side  of  the  afghan,  to 
show  the  dimensions  in  feet. 

2.  To  make  the  afghan,  the  girls  knitted 
strips  5 inches  wide.  In  the  diagram,  draw 
horizontal  lines  (lines  running  from  left  to 
right)  to  show  these  5-inch  strips.  Use  your 
ruler  to  help  you  keep  the  lines  straight. 

3.  You  should  have  strips,  each 

squares  wide. 

4.  At  the  left  of  the  rectangle,  label  the 
strips.  Beginning  at  the  top,  letter  the  first 
strip  A,  the  next  one  B,  and  so  on.  The  strip 
at  the  bottom  should  be  lettered  I. 


5.  Make  small  marks  on  the  lower  edge  of 
the  diagram  to  show  how  each  strip  was  divided 
into  blocks  V 4"  long. 

6.  Draw  vertical  lines  (from  top  to  bottom) 
to  divide  the  whole  rectangle  into  blocks  1 ' 4" 
long. 

7.  In  strip  A,  beginning  at  the  left,  color 
the  first  and  third  blocks  blue. 

8.  In  strip  B,  color  the  second  and  fourth 
blocks  blue. 

9.  Continue  to  color  the  blocks  so  as  to 
make  a checkerboard  pattern.  Strips  C,  E,  G, 
and  I should  be  like  A;  and  strips  D,  F,  and 
H like  B.  When  you  have  finished,  your  dia- 
gram will  show  all  the  parts  of  the  afghan  in 
their  correct  relationship  to  one  another. 

10.  Each  block  is  5 in.  wide  and in. 

long.  What  is  the  area  in  square  inches  of 

one  block?  - of  all  36  blocks? 

Does  this  agree  with  your 

answer  to  Ex.  12c,  page  46? 


47 


Measuring  Time  by  the  Clock 

[Second;  minute;  hour;  day ] 


1.  Clocks  and  watches  measure  time  in  sec- 
onds,   , and 

2.  Complete  this  table  of  time: 

seconds  (sec.)  = 1 minute  (min.) 

minutes  (min.)  = 1 hour  (hr.) 

hours  (hr.)  = 1 day  (da.) 

3.  In  clock  A,  the  minute  hand  points  to  5; 
why  does  it  mean  25  min.  past  the  hour? 


4.  “Half  past  3”  means  30  min.  past  3. 

Why?  

5.  What  is  another  way  of  saying  that  the 

time  is  quarter  past  2? 


6.  You  could  read  the  time  on  clock  A 

as  min.  before  (or  “of”)  , but 

usually  it  is  better  to  say  the  number  of  minutes 
before  or  after  the  nearer  hour. 

7.  Below  each  of  clocks  A-E  write  the  time 
the  clock  tells. 


8.  Travel  timetables  use  a short  way  of 
writing  clock  time.  “Twenty  minutes  past 
5”  may  be  written  5:20,  which  is  read  “five 
twenty.” 

So  4:45  means  min. 

4 o’clock,  which  is  the  same  as  minutes 

before o’clock. 

9.  Most  clocks  measure  12  hours,  so  the 
hour  hand  must  go  completely  around  the 

clockface times  in  1 day. 

48 


10.  a.m.  means  time  from  midnight  to  noon; 
p.m.  means  time  from  noon  to  midnight.  Look 
up  these  abbreviations  in  your  dictionary  and 
write  in  your  own  words  what  the  initials 
stand  for. 


11.  Draw  hands  on  clocks  F-J,  above,  to 
show  the  time  given  under  each  clock. 


Measuring  Time  by  the  Calendar 


[Week,  month,  year,  century ] 


C Time  by  the  Calendar 

days  (da.)  = 1 week  (wk.) 

wk.  = 1 year  (yr.) 

months  (mo.)  = 1 yr. 

1 mo.  (except  February)  = or days 

February  has da.  in  a common  year,  and 

da.  in  a leap  year 

yr.  = 1 century 

1.  Finish  tables  A,  B,  and  C. 


D NOVEMBER  1Q 

Sun. 

Mon. 

Tues. 

Wed. 

Thurs . 

Fri. 

Sat. 

5.  Look  at  a calendar  for  December,  this 
year.  Did  you  answer  Ex.  4 correctly? 


2.  Look  at  a calendar  to  find  on  what  day 
November  begins  this  year.  Then  finish  the 
calendar  (box  D)  for  November. 

3.  On  your  calendar,  make  circles  around  the 
dates  for  Veterans’  Day  (Nov.  11)  and  Thanks- 

i giving  Day  (which  is  the  fourth  Thursday  in 
November). 

I 4.  Use  your  November  calendar  (box  D)  to 
figure  out  the  day  of  the  week  on  which  each 
of  these  dates  will  come: 

I 

j a.  Dec.  25,  this  year.  

b.  Jan.  1,  next  year.  

1 

I 


6.  Sometimes  we  write  dates  in  a short  way. 
For  example,  March  14,  1956,  may  be  written 
3/14/56,  or  3-14-56. 

Write  these  dates  in  the  long  way: 

a.  4/1/55  

b.  6-20-56  

c.  12/25/57  

d.  1-3-42  

7.  Write  the  month,  day,  and  year  of  your 
birth  in  the  short  way  of  Ex.  6. 


49 


a 

1.  $3.24 
1.08 
+ 0.62 


2.  480 

- 1 75 


3.  $9.08 
-8.09 


a 

4.  8 7 

X 4 5 


a 


5.  25)$  6.75 


6.  300)2 ,1  0 0 


How  Well  Do  You  Remember? 


Work  the  following.  In  division, 

show  remainders  with  R. 

[ Review ] 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

nr 

& 

53 

1 89 
+ 796 

3,097 

45 
+ 492 

485 
5,2  10 
+ 86 

756 
207 
+ 1,464 

$50.75 
8.09 
+ 23.45 

21,986 
6,009 
+ 783 

875 
- 698 

$10.98 

-8.89 

6,463 
- 908 

$4.50 

-2.75 

7,100 

-4,827 

35,296 
- 26,5  49 

736 
+ 684 

5,347 
+ 965 

7,2  13 
-472 

$11.06 

-3.28 

$80.25 
+ 29.87 

76,124 
- 33,29  1 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

54 

X 2 0 

208 
X 3 7 

$3.52 

X 2 4 

6,248 

X 5 3 

4,302 
X 6 3 4 

b 

c 

d 

72]4TT 

30)$  2 5 0.50 

24)$  12,296 

236)3  1,094 

518)2  3 6,406 

482)9  8,372 

50 


Testing  What  You  Have  Learned 


Add  or  subtract. 


a 


b c 


d 


e 


f 


1.  3 76  $2.95  $25.00 

+ 29  5 + 1.98  - 9.75 


$9,500  32,986 

- 4,67  5 + 1 5,2  1 5 


54,209 

-18,064 


Multiply. 


2.  273 
X 1 5 


b 

$8.69 
X 3 2 


c 

2,195 
X 5 4 


d 

18,962 
X 2 6 


Divide.  Write  any  remainder,  with  R,  beside  the  quotient. 


3.  42)2 ,5  5 6 


57)1 ,254 


77)4 ,928 


65)5 ,885 


Add  or  subtract.  Be  careful  when  you  carry  and  borrow. 


4.  3 ft.  8 in. 

+ 2 ft.  9 in. 


6 hr.  35  min. 
+ 7 hr.  45  min. 


4 lb.  10  oz. 
+ 5 lb.  12  oz. 


3 qt.  1 pt. 
+ 2 qt.  1 pt. 


5.  8 min.  50  sec. 

— 5 min.  38  sec. 


2 bu.  2 pk. 
1 bu.  3 pk. 


10  yd.  1 ft. 
- 7 yd.  2 ft. 


8 ft.  9 in. 
- 7 ft.  10  in. 


Multiply.  Try  to  carry  mentally. 


6.  2 ft.  7 in. 
X 4 


4 hr.  20  min. 
X 5 


2  yr.  8 mo. 
X 3 


3  qt.  1 pt. 
X 6 


Divide.  Write  just  your  answers  on  this  page. 


7.  4)9  yd.  1 ft. 


12)9"Tir: 


8 in.)6  ft. 


3)7  lb.  2 oz. 


8.  Round  875,296  a.  to  the  nearest  ten ; b.  to  the  nearest  thousand 

9.  Write  in  Arabic  numerals:  a.  MDCIV ; b.  XCII 


[Cumulative  Review ] 


g 

57,350 
- 29,48  7 


e 

$302.79 

X 1 2 


38)7 ,994 


6 gal.  3 qt. 
+ 3 gal.  2 qt. 


4  wk.  3 da. 
— 2 wk.  5 da. 


8 lb.  13  oz. 
X 2 


3 pt.)15  gal. 


57 


Reviewing  Fractions  in 

Good  cooks  use  a lot  of  fractions!  Let’s  see 
what  you  remember  about  fractions. 

This  is  a table  of  standard  cooking  measures. 

All  measurements  are  level. 


3 teaspoons  (tsp.)  = 1 tablespoon  (tbsp.) 
16  tablespoons  = 1 cup  (c.) 

2 cups  = 1 pint  (pt.) 

2 pints  = 1 quart  (qt.) 


Cooking  Measures 


To  measure  accurately,  most  cooks  use  measuring 
cups  and  spoons  like  the  ones  pictured  above. 


Draw  pictures  below  to  show  how  many  of  the  smaller  measures 
are  needed  to  equal  one  of  the  larger.  Fill  in  the  dashed  lines  of  the 
first  small  measure  and  draw  as  many  more  small  measures  as  are  needed. 
The  table  of  measures  above  will  help  you. 


1.  1 pint  = cups 


(Ex.  1) 


2.  1 cup  = tablespoons 


(Ex.  2) 


3.  1 tablespoon  = teaspoons 


(Ex.  3) 


4.  Mark  the  teaspoons  below  to  show: 


5.  Since  there  are tsp.  in  1 tbsp., 


a.  J’s.  Color  or  shade  | tsp. 

b.  i’s.  Color  or  shade  \ tsp. 

c.  J-’s.  Color  or  shade  | tsp. 


a. 

(o 


b. 

d 


c. 

d 


tsp.  = § tbsp. 

6.  1 cup  =16  tbsp.,  or tsp. 

7.  \ cup  = tbsp.;  \ cup  = tbsp.; 

J cup  = tbsp. 


Most  measuring  cups  are  marked  to  show  both  thirds  and  fourths 
of  a cup.  Finish  Ex.  8-1 1 below  by  expressing  each  amount  as  a fraction 
of  a cup.  Then  finish  the  diagram  for  each  exercise  by  coloring  or 
shading  the  correct  part  of  the  cup. 


(Ex.  8)  (Ex.  9)  (Ex.  10)  (Ex.  11) 


10.  8 tbsp.  = _ _ _ cup 


8.  4 tbsp.  = __  cup 

52 


9.  2 tbsp.  = cup 


11.  16 tsp.  = ___  cup 


Meaning 

1.  In  this  square,  of  the equal 

parts  are  colored.  The  fraction  that  tells  what 
part  of  the  square  is  colored  is 


2.  If  a thing  is  divided  into  [___ 

fourths,  there  must  be  parts,  and  all  the 

parts  must  be 


a Fraction 

[Terms;  writing  fractions'] 

3.  In  the  fraction  f,  the  numerator  is , 

and  the  denominator  is 

4.  A fraction  is  a number  that  means  one 

or  more of  a whole. 

5.  Under  each  of  the  diagrams  below,  write 
the  fraction  that  tells  what  part  of  the  diagram 
is  colored. 


6.  Beside  each  of  these  fractions,  write  a 
letter  to  tell  which  diagram  at  the  right  shows 
that  fraction  as  colored.  Be  careful!  Some 
diagrams  do  not  fit. 

3 2 3 5_ 

8 3 5 6 

5 3 3 1 

9 4 10 2 


7.  Color  or  shade  one  of  the  pictures  at  the 
right  to  show  each  fraction  listed  below.  Then 
beside  each  fraction  below  write  the  letter  of  its 
diagram. 


3 5 

10 8 


2 1. 

9 4 


! 4 

6 7 


4 1 

5  3 


Write  in  figures: 

8.  Three  eighths  __ 

9.  Two  thirds 

. 

10.  One  fourth 

11.  Four  fifths 


12.  Nine  tenths 

13.  One  half 

14.  Five  sixths 

15.  Two  sevenths  _ _ 


Write  in  words: 

16.  * 

17.  | 

18.  f 

19.  * 


53 


Fractional  Unit 


1.  Circle  A is  divided  into equal  parts. 

The  size  of  one  of  these  parts  is  the  size  of  the 
fractional  unit  for  circle  A.  The  fraction  that 
names  this  fractional  unit  is 

2.  The  fractional  unit  for  circle  B is 

Color  or  shade  J of  circle  B. 

3.  Draw  one  more  line  in  circle  C to  finish 
dividing  the  circle  into  thirds.  On  each  of  the 
equal  parts,  write  its  name. 

4.  Divide  circle  D into  halves.  There  are 

equal  parts.  The  fraction  that  names 

the  fractional  unit  is 


5.  In  the  fraction  J,  the  numerator  is ; 

the  denominator  is 

6.  Circles  A,  B,  C,  and  D are  equal  in  size. 


Circle  has  the  smallest  fractional  unit. 

Circle has  the  largest  fractional  unit. 

7.  From  Ex.  6,  you  see  that  the  denominator 
gets  _ . as  the  size 

{larger;  smaller) 


of  the  fractional  unit  gets  

{larger;  smaller ) 

Another  way  to  say  this  is:  The  fewer  equal 
parts  into  which  you  divide  a whole,  the 
each  part  will  be. 

( larger ; smaller) 

8.  a.  In  circle  A there  are ^’s. 

b.  In  circle  B there  are J’s. 

c.  In  circle  C there  are  three 

d.  In  circle  D there  are  |-’s. 


[Meaning;  size ] 


a. 

b 

9.  Look  at  squares  E,  F,  G,  and  H,  above. 
Under  each  square,  write 

a.  the  name  of  the  fractional  unit  that  meas- 
ures the  square; 

b.  the  part  of  the  square  that  is  colored. 

10.  The  of  a fraction 

shows  the  size  of  each  equal  part,  that  is,  the 

size  of  the  fractional  unit;  the 

tells  the  number  of  equal  parts  in  the 
fraction. 

11.  In  the  fraction  f each  equal  part  is 

of  the  whole,  and  there  are of  the 

equal  parts.  The  fractional  unit  for  § is 


12.  Under  each  fraction  below,  write 

a.  the  fractional  unit; 

b.  the  number  of  equal  parts  in  the  fraction. 

3 7.  4 _9_  5.  1_ 

4 8 5 10  9 6 


a. 


b. 


13.  The  fractions  below  are  all  parts  of  the 
same  whole.  Circle  the  larger  fraction  in  each 


pair. 

a. 

1 

2 

1 

100 

d. 

3 

4 

3 

8 

b. 

1 

7 

1 

9 

e. 

5 

16 

1 1 
16 

c. 

2 

7 

4 

7 

f. 

5 

1 6 

5 

11 

54 


Fractions  on  a 

1.  The  fraction  § is  a proper  fraction.  In 

a proper  fraction  the 

is  less  than  the 

2.  The  fraction  § is  an  improper  fraction 

because  the  is 

greater  than  the 

3.  The  mixed  number  2\  means 

plus A mixed  number  is  the  sum  of  a 


number  and  a 

4.  Copy  these  numbers  in  the  columns  be- 
low to  show  what  kind  of  number  each  is: 


6 

5 

3 

334 

217 

1 6 
A7 

1 

2 

80 

7 

4 

4 

5 

1 9 
16 

->4 

23 

8 

6A 

1,346 

75 

100 

Whole 

Mixed 

Proper 

Improper 

Numbers 

Numbers 

Fractions 

Fractions 

Number  Line 

[Proper  and  improper  fractions;  mixed  numbers ] 


A B 


0 \ 1 l.|  2 ' 2g  3 3g 


On  the  number  line  above,  each  number 
tells  the  distance  on  the  line  from  0 to  that 
number. 

5.  A marks  the  distance  from  0 to ; 

B marks  the  distance  from  0 to . 

6.  With  arrows  and  letters,  show  these  dis- 
tances on  the  number  line  above: 

C,  2\  D,  If  E,  3J  F,  i 


i 

i 

i 

1 1 1 j 

0 

_r  i 1 ] 1 i 1 

i 

p i 1 1 1 1 1 

2 

The  diagram  above  shows  part  of  a ruler. 
Each  inch  is  divided  into  J-’s,  s,  and  J-’s. 

7.  On  line  X,  show  a distance  of  1^  in. 

8.  On  line  Y,  show  a distance  of  2f  in. 

9.  On  line  Z,  show  a distance  of  § in. 


Equal  Parts  of  a Group 


A0®0  BD  □ □ 
° □ 
□ □ □ 


o 

°oo° 


c A 
AA 
A A 
AAAAA 


1.  In  A,  there  are small  circles, 

and are  colored;  so  f of  the  group  of 

circles  is  colored. 

2.  In  B, of  the  group  of  squares 

is  colored. 


3.  In  C,  there  are  triangles  in  all, 

and triangles  are  colored.  Each  triangle 

is  what  part  of  the  group? What  part  of 

all  the  triangles  is  colored? 

4.  The  fraction  § may  mean  of  the 

equal  parts  of  one  thing,  or  it  may  mean 

of  the equal  things  (parts)  in  a 

group  of  things. 


55 


Familiar  Fractions 


1.  Bar  X stands  for  1,  or  a whole  thing. 
The  other  bars  are  divided  into  different  num- 
bers of  equal  parts.  Above  each  bar,  write  the 
name  of  the  fractional  unit. 


a.  There  are J’s  in  1. 

b.  There  are ^’s  in  1. 


c.  — — = 1 d.  —7“  =1  e.  -77“  = 1 

4 6 16 


f.  — = i g.^  = i 


2.  Circle  the  larger  fraction  in  each  pair. 


a. 


i_ 

2 


i_ 

4 


d. 


1 

4 


1 

8 


[Comparing  fractions ] 

3.  Write  the  missing  numerators.  If  you  need 
help,  use  the  bars  at  the  left. 


II 

Tf  | 00 

cd 

2 

b.|  = 

8 

i 

c-i  = " 

A 2 
d*  6 = 

~3~ 

3 

e‘8  = 

l6~ 

f .12  J 
16 

4.  Copy  the  fractions  in  each  group  in  order 
of  size,  beginning  with  the  smallest. 


a. 


3? 


111 
123  83  4 


K i i 

83  23  163 


1. 

6 


r _1_  _1_  1 1 

123  163  43  2 

5.  Label  bars  Y and  G below  to  show  the  size 
of  each  of  the  equal  parts. 


6.  Supply  the  missing 
numbers  below. 


2 

a*  10  “ 5 


1 2 


7.  Draw  a circle 
equal  to 

around 

each 

of  the  fractions  below 

that 

are 

3 

4 

12  1 3 

16  3 8 

7 

1 2 

8 

16 

5 2 5 

8 4 12 

3 

6 

2 

3 

6 4 71  4 3 6 81  7 2 _7_  _3_ 

16  6 8 4 8 16  8 12  8 16  6 10  10 

8.  Draw  a line  under  each  of  the  fractions  above  that  are  greater 
than 

9.  Draw  a square  around  each  of  the  fractions  above  that  are  less 
than 


56 


A Fraction  Means  Division 


1.  Column  (1)  lists  different 
ways  of  reading  some  fractions. 
Write  the  fractions  in  the  usual 
way  in  column  (2). 

(1)  (2) 

a.  three  J’s  

b.  7 tenths  

c.  4 -r-  3 

d.  ten  sevenths  

e.  7)10  

f.  three  fourths  

g-  4J3 

h.  4 thirds  

i.  7 + 10  

j.  ten  y’s  

k.  10)7  

l.  four  J’s  

m.  3)4 

n.  3-f-4  

o.  seven  ^’s  

p.  10  - 7 


3.  Suppose  5 stamps  are  divided  equally  between  2 girls. 

a.  Each  girl  can  have stamps,  and  there  will  be 

stamp  left. 

b.  Box shows  the  division. 

c.  Why  isn’t  it  sensible  to  give  the  answer  as  2\  stamps? 


2.  Suppose  5 cookies  are  divided  equally  between  2 boys. 

a.  In  box  C,  draw  the  cookies  that  ^ 
each  boy  can  have. 

b.  Each  boy  can  have cookies. 

c.  Box shows  the  division.  


4.  Write  a problem  about  9 : 5 in  which  you  would  give 
the  answer  with  the  remainder  in  a fraction. 


Divide,  and  show  any  remainder  in  a fraction. 


5.  7j25  6.  4)3" 3 7.  5)42 


8.  8)2~24 


9.  6)48T  10.  23)88' 


11.  3)26"  12.  9)5”8  13.  4)3“9 


14.  9)6~0“8 


15.  7)6T5"  16.  50)4 ,600 


57 


The  Golden  Rule  of  Fractions 


1.  If  you  cut  this  pie  into  6 equal  pieces, 

the  fractional  unit  is 

2.  If  the  pie  is  cut  into  3 equal  |v^ 

pieces,  the  fractional  unit  is 

3.  J of  the  pie  is than  J. 


{more,  less ) 

4.  | of  the  pie  is  the  same  as 

third  of  it. 

5.  Of  the  equal  fractions  § and  J, 

a.  has  the  larger  fractional  unit. 

b.  has  the  smaller  denominator. 

6.  The  larger  the  fractional  unit  is,  the 
the  denominator  is. 


{smaller,  larger ) 

7.  In  the  fraction  f,  the  terms  are  


and 


8.  You  can  change  § to  ^ without  looking 
at  a diagram  if  you  divide  both  the  2 and  the 
6 by 


[ Changing  to  higher  or  to  lower  terms ] 

12.  Balance  each  pair  of  scales  in  Ex.  b-h 
below  by  writing  in  the  empty  circle  a number 
equal  to  the  number  in  the  other  circle.  Choose 
the  numbers  from  the  ones  given  in  the  colored 
circles.  (The  scales  in  Ex.  a are  balanced  for 
you.) 


Best  Form  for  a Fraction 
To  be  in  best  form,  fractions  in  an- 
swers should  be  in  lowest  terms. 

A fraction  is  in  lowest  terms  when  no 
number  except  1 will  exactly  divide  both 
its  terms. 


9.  You  can  change  J to  the  equal  fraction 
f if  you both  terms  by 

The  Golden  Rule  of  Fractions 
Multiplying  or  dividing  both  terms 
of  a fraction  by  the  same  number 
does  not  change  the  value  of  the  frac- 
tion. 

10.  The  fraction  ^ is  in 

{lower,  higher ) 

terms  than  the  equal  fraction  f . 

11.  Using  the  Golden  Rule  of  Fractions,  write 
the  missing  numerators  and  denominators  in  the 
fractions  below. 

2 6 8 


a. 

5 

25 

10 

100 

b. 

5 

6 - 

10 

II 

in  j 

II 

CN 

II 

36  ~ 30 

58 

Reduce  the  fractions  below  to  best  form. 
Write  the  number  by  which  you  divide  both 
terms.  Think  the  divisions. 


a 

b 

C 

13. 

Original  fraction: 

3 

12 

6 

16 

8 

28 

Divide  both  terms  by: 

Fraction  in  best  form: 

a 

b 

C 

14.  | 

Original  fraction: 

4 

12 

12 

16 

18 

32 

Divide  both  terms  by: 

Fraction  in  best  form: 

— J 

Changing  Improper  Fractions 


[To  best  form] 


The  Boys’  Club  used  30  rolls  at  their  picnic. 
How  many  dozen  rolls  were  used? 

1.  How  many  are  there  in  1 doz.? 

2.  One  roll  is of  1 doz.  rolls. 

3.  30  rolls  are y^’s  of  a dozen,  or  ff 

of  a dozen. 


4.  In  the  diagram,  draw  a ring  around  each 
yf  to  find  how  many  dozen  in  ff . 

a.  There  are  2^- rolls. 


b.  6 rolls  are dozen,  so 

2—  dozen  = 2—  dozen. 


5.  The  improper  fraction  yf  is  in  best  form 
when  it  is  changed  to  the  mixed  number 


6.  To  change  an  improper  fraction  to  a 
whole  number  or  a mixed  number,  divide  its 
by  its 

Numbers  are  in  best  form  if  improper 
fractions  have  been  changed  to  whole 
numbers  or  to  mixed  numbers,  and  if 
proper  fractions  are  in  lowest  terms. 


Change  to  best  form.  Show  all  the  steps,  but  divide  on  separate  paper. 


7. 

18 

8 

12. 

II 

81^ 

17.  f = 

8. 

II 

13. 

II 

i8.  ~ = 

9. 

II 

14. 

->12 

II 

19.  f = 

10. 

100 

100  ~ 

15. 

II 

20-  f- 

11. 

329 

4 “ 

16. 

126 

8 “ 

21. 

0 

59 


Adding  and  Subtracting  Like- Fractions 


A 

B 

3 

8 

9 

10 

+ i 

3 

10 

10  _ 1 2 _ 11 

8 ” 1 8 ~ 

6 

10 

_ 3 
— 5 

1.  Box  A.  The  fraction  f means 

i’s,  or of  the  8 equal  parts  of  a whole. 

2.  In  f,  the  fractional  unit  is 

3.  f and  are  called  like-fractions  because 

they  have  the  same  fractional  unit,  as  shown  by 
their 

4.  3 eighths  + 7 eighths  = eighths. 

10  eighths  written  as  a fraction  is  , 

which  in  best  form  is 


Fractions  with  the  same  fractional 
unit  are  called  like-fractions. 

5.  Box  B.  and  fy  are  like-fractions  because 

the  fractional  unit  for  both  is 

6.  9 tenths  — 3 tenths  = tenths,  which, 

as  a fraction  in  lowest  terms,  is 

We  can  add  or  subtract  like-fractions, 
that  is,  fractions  with  the  same  fractional 
unit. 

7.  From  boxes  A and  B,  copy 

a.  three  proper  fractions 

b.  an  improper  fraction 

c.  a mixed  number 


Read  each  problem  carefully.  Then  circle  “A.”  or  “S.”  to  show 
whether  you  will  add  or  subtract.  Write  your  work  in  the  space  at 
the  right  of  the  problem,  and  then  write  your  answer  on  the  line. 

8.  One  candy  bar  weighed  f oz.  and  another  weighed  § oz. 

How  many  ounces  did  the  two  together  weigh? 

A.  S.  Answer: 


9.  Joan  used  f yd.  of  cloth  for  the  skirt  of  an  apron,  and 
| yd.  for  pocket  and  ties.  How  much  cloth  did  she  use? 

A.  S.  Answer: 

10.  In  Ex.  9,  how  much  more  cloth  did  Joan  use  for  the  skirt 
of  the  apron  than  for  the  pocket  and  ties? 

A.  S.  Answer: 

11.  Jack  washed  storm  windows  for  fhr.,  spent  Jhr.  in 
pruning  the  rosebush,  and  raked  leaves  for  § hr.  How  long 
did  he  work  in  all? 


A.  S. 
60 


Answer: 


Adding  and  Subtracting  Mixed  Numbers 

[ Like-fr actions  without  and  with  carrying  and  borrowing] 


A 

B 

c 

D 

E 

F 

2ft 

3f 

4f 

61 

8 = 

7| 

n = 8i 

+ 4 A 

+ 5| 

+ 2f 

— 4| 

-3|  = 

3| 

- 4|  = 4| 

6ft  = 

6f 

8f 

= 9f 

6¥  = 7f  = 7| 

21 

= 21 

4i 

4f 

= 41 

The  examples  in  the  boxes  will  remind  you 

Watch  the  carrying  in  addition  and  the  bor- 

how  to  add  and  subtract  mixed  numbers. 

rowing  in  subtraction. 

Add.  Always  change 

answers 

to  best  form. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

1.  4 § 

2 f 

5ft 

1 i 

1 2 

6 t 

+ 3 

+ 4| 

+ 1 A 

+ 2 \ 

+ 2 f 

2*  3 ^2 

8 

3 i 

2 ^ 

Z 9 

2ft 

+ 2 A 

+ ift 

+ 3J 

+ 41 

+ 3 ft 

3.  9* 

i 

6 

2 t 

7 i- 

• 6 

i A 

+ f 

+ l| 

+ 6 f 

+ 2 

+ 7H 

Subtract.  Be  sure  your  answers 

are  in  best  form. 

4.  7 ^ 

8I 

9 

8 | 

11-1 

8 

4 

6 

4 

-4| 

— 3 | 

- 2 - 

-4? 

8 

4 

5 

6 

4 

5.  6 

4-1 

2 ~ 

5 i 

4 

8 

16 

6 

-4! 

— 2 5 

- 2 H 

- 2 ^ 

- 3 - 

3 

8 

16 

6 

7 

6.  9 1 

eg 

7 — 

4 -+ 

5 — 

8 

32 

12 

16 

10 

— 4 | 

— 3 — 

- 2 — 

— 3 — 

8 

32 

12 

16 

10 

61 


Adding  and  Subtracting  Unlike- Fractions 


[ Common  denominator  present;  carrying  and  borrowing'] 


A 

2 _ 4 

3 — 6 

l 5 5 

i 6 6 

B 

4|  =4f 

+ lf  = If 

c 

31.  — OX 
~ Z6 

U li  _ 13 
i2  — A6 

D 

8 = 7A-6 

0 '16 

_ Z-5 Z 5 

-T6  ~ -'ig 

9 _ 13  _ 11 

6 1 6 -*•  2 

5¥  =6| 

14  _ 12 

A 6 ~ a3 

oli  i 
^16 

0 12  3 

1.  Show  the  addition  of  § and  f on  the 
number  line  above,  as  follows: 

a.  Draw  an  arrow,  lettered  A,  to  show  the 
point  § to  the  right  of  0. 

b.  Draw  an  arrow,  lettered  B,  to  show  the 
point  that  is  f to  the  right  of  A. 

c.  Your  arrow  B points  to  1— — > or  1-y- 


2 

2.  The  point  A shows  that  - = -y- 


4.  The  common  denominator  of  f and  f 

is The  common  fractional  unit  is 

Fractions  with  a common  fractional 
unit  have  a common  denominator. 


In  each  pair  change  one  fraction  so  that  the 
fractions  will  have  a common  denominator. 


5. 


l 

4 

5 
8 


7. 


3 

5 

2 

10 


8. 


5 

6 
1 
3 


1 

8 


10. 


2 

16 

3 

4 


3.  | and  f are -fractions; 

| and  f are -fractions. 


11.  In  Ex.  5-10,  did  you  change  to  the  larger 
or  the  smaller  fractional  unit? 


Add  or  subtract.  First  be  sure  that  you  understand  the  work  in  boxes  A-D  above. 


12. 


13. 


14. 


7 

8 

2 

16 


2 

3 

1 

6 


15. 


15 

16 
5 
8 


7 


62 


The  Talent  Show 


1.  In  the  Talent  Show,  \ of  the  time  was 
allowed  for  singing,  and  of  the  time  for  com- 
edy acts. 

a.  Was  more  or  less  time  allowed  for  sing- 
ing than  for  comedy? 

b.  What  part  of  the  time  was  left  for  other 
kinds  of  acts? 


2.  To  make  posters  for  the  show,  Joe  and 
Tom  used  some  large  sheets  of  heavy  paper, 
all  the  same  size.  Joe  cut  his  sheets  into  fourths; 
Tom  cut  his  into  halves. 

a.  Whose  posters  were  larger? 

b.  Joe  cut  up  2 large  sheets,  and  Tom  cut 
up  3.  How  many  posters  was  that? 


3.  There  were  12  acts  in  the  show,  and  24 
contestants.  What  was  the  average  number  of 
contestants  in  an  act? 


4.  The  Talent  Show  began  at  7:45  p.m.  and 
ended  at  quarter  past  9.  How  long  did  it  last? 


5.  From  Ex.  3 and  4,  find  the  average  length 
of  an  act. 


6.  Tickets  for  the  show  cost  40^  for  adults 
and  25^  for  children.  The  total  sales  were 
200  tickets  for  adults  and  100  tickets  for  chil- 
dren. How  much  money  was  received  for  the 
tickets? 


Mumhe/i  and 


1.  There  are  many  ways  of  writing  100  with- 
out using  zero.  Explain  Ex.  a and  b. 

a.  99f  =100  because 

| b.  98  + 1 + J + f J = 100  because 


2.  Write  78,  using  only  the  figure  7,  but 
repeating  it  as  often  as  you  wish. 


3.  Write  nineteen,  using  four  9’s. 


4.  Write  two,  using  four  7’s. 

5.  Years  ago  there  was  a town  in  which  J 
of  all  the  people  were  one-legged,  and  J of  all 
the  others  went  barefoot.  How  many  shoes 
were  needed? 


63 


Adding  and  Subtracting  Unlike- Fractions 


1.  The  sum  of  3 pigs  and  4 goats  can  be 
neither  pigs  nor  goats.  But  3 pigs  and  4 goats 
are  7 animals. 

You  cannot  add  or  subtract  things  unless 

they  are 

You  cannot  add  or  subtract  fractions  unless 
they  have  the  same 


1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

J 

l 

1 

l 

5 

3 

1 

1 

J. 

1 

1 

1 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

Use  the  diagram  for  help  in  Ex.  2-5. 

2.  A fractional  unit  that  measures  both  y 

and  7T  is ; so  a common  denominator  for 

y and  \ is 


[ Common  denominator  not  present] 

5.  In  the  diagram,  mark  the  bar  for  ^ s to 
show  y’s.  Mark  the  bar  for  y’s  to  show  y^-’s. 

The  diagram  now  shows  that  a common  frac- 
tional unit  for  § and  § is 

6.  A short  way  to  find  a common  denomi- 
nator for  § and  f is  to 

(add;  multiply) 

together  the  two  given  denominators,  3 and 
The  common  denominator  is 

2 3 

3 + 4 = ~f2~+l2~  = IT  = 

7.  To  add  J and  yq,  you  could  find  a com- 
mon denominator  by 

together  the  given  denominators.  Then  the 
common  denominator  would  be 


Change  J and  yo  t0  fractions  with  the  frac- 
tional unit  yo  and  add. 


8.  It  is  better  to  use  the  smallest  common 
denominator.  To  find  the  smallest  common 
denominator  for  \ an^  A?  begin  with  10,  the 
larger  of  the  given  denominators. 

Does  10  exactly  contain  4,  the  other  de- 
nominator?   

Try  2 X 10,  or  . Does  20  exactly 

contain  4? Is  20  the  smallest  com- 
mon denominator  for  J and  


Add  or  subtract  in  Ex.  3 and  4. 


To  find  the  smallest  common  de- 
nominator when  no  given  denominator 
is  a common  denominator,  multiply  the 
largest  given  denominator  first  by  2,  then 
by  3,  and  so  on,  until  you  get  a number 
that  exactly  contains  all  the  given  de- 
nominators. 


64 


a 


1. 


1 

6 

2 

3 


7.  1 2 1 
+ 7! 


Practice  in  Adding  and  Subtracting  Fractions 

Add  or  subtract  as  the  sign  tells  you.  In  each  example,  use  the 
smallest  common  denominator. 


b 


2 

3 

3 

8 


3 

4 
1 
3 


d 


+ 


8 


- 3 


25 

- 1 2 


+ 


3 


- 1 


6 

- 5 


9! 

+ 81  ~6i 


65 


Wlto  OMUl  •— * I (r.  00  ! i- * OOlLn^lW  WltO^IOJ  LlW  Ml  h- I I h-  ui  ho 


Rounding  Mixed  Numbers 


6 ft. 


X:  5 ft.  2 in.  Y:  4 ft.  10  in. 


X: ft.  Y: ft. 

1.  On  the  lines  above,  write  the  heights  of 
X and  Y in  feet,  as  mixed  numbers. 

1 ft.  = 12  in.,  so  1 in.  = ft. 

2.  X’s  height  comes  between  5 ft.  and 

ft.  but  nearer  to  _ __  ft.  than  to  ft. 


So,  rounded  to  the  nearest  whole  number,  X’s 
height  is  given  as ft. 

3.  To  the  nearest  foot,  Y is ft.  tall. 

4.  Both  X and  Y are  about ft.  tall. 

5.  In  rounding  to  5,  you  dropped  the 

fraction  because  ^ is than 


6.  In  rounding  4f  to  5,  you  counted  f as 

I,  because  f is than  J. 

In  rounding  a mixed  number,  when 
the  fraction  is  equal  to  or  greater  than 
y,  add  1 to  the  whole  number  and  drop 
the  fraction.  When  the  fraction  is  less 
than  drop  it. 

Round  to  the  nearest  whole  number. 

7 3 5 1J3  i 5 

‘ • 4 8 16 1 12 

8.  14J 5J 34 9| 

Estimate  the  answers  by  rounding. 

9.  ft  + 2|-  + — = 

10.  9J  - 5ft  - = 

II.  3|+2f  + =___ 

12.  rf  + 2J  - If 

+ - = 

13.  1|-  — ft  H~  2§ 

- + = 

14.  3*  + 2ft  + f 

+ + = 


Is  It  True?  Answer  "Yes"  or  "No"! 


1.  Are  f and  f like-fractions? 

2.  In  f,  is  the  numerator  5? 

3.  Is  3^  a fractional  unit? 

4.  Can  ft  be  reduced? 

5.  Has  | the  same  value  as  ft?  _ 

6.  Do  4 tablespoons  equal  \ cup? 

7.  Is  y the  fractional  unit  in  ft?  . 

66 


8.  Does  f mean  5 ^8? 

9.  Does  \ + 4 = = f?  - 

10.  Are  there  2 cups  in  1 pint?  _ _ _ 

11.  Is  in  lowest  terms? 

12.  Is  ft  less  than  ft? 

13.  Do  6 qt.  equal  | pk.? 

14.  Does  a leap  year  have  366  da.? 


Look  before  You  Leap! 

You  should  think  about  a problem  before 
you  try  to  solve  it.  There  are  several  ways  to 
do  this. 

A.  What  are  you  to  find? 

On  the  lines  below  each  of  problems  1-3, 
write  what  you  are  to  find. 

1.  Tom  had  55^  left  after  he  spent  35^. 
How  much  money  did  he  have  at  first? 


2.  Sam  earned  $1.20  for  2 hours  of  work. 
What  was  his  hourly  pay? 


3.  Celia  bought  2 records  at  39^  each.  How 
much  did  she  spend? 


B.  Decide  whether  a problem  tells  about 
groups  to  be  combined  or  a group  to  be  sep- 
arated from  another  group  or  a group  to  be 
compared  with  another  group. 

On  the  lines  below  each  of  problems  4-6, 
tell  about  the  groups  in  this  way. 

4.  Ann’s  sister  bought  a handbag  for  $3.50 
and  gloves  for  $1.35.  How  much  more  did 
she  spend  for  the  bag  than  for  the  gloves? 


5.  Judy’s  mother  doubled  the  recipe  for  some 
cookies  that  required  2 cups  of  flour.  How 
much  flour  did  she  use? 


Think  before  You  Solve! 

[Helps  in  problem-solving ] 

6.  Jim  had  292  bricks  for  the  brick  walk  he 
is  making.  He  has  used  189  bricks.  How  many 
bricks  does  Jim  have  left? 


C.  Decide  whether  to  add,  subtract,  multi- 
ply, or  divide. 

On  the  lines  below  problems  7-9,  write  the 
names  of  the  processes  that  you  will  use  to 
solve  the  problems. 

7.  Joe  allows  himself  10  min.  to  get  dressed, 
5 min.  to  clear  up  his  room,  and  15  min.  for 
breakfast.  If  Joe  leaves  the  house  at  7:45  A.M., 
at  what  time  should  he  get  up? 


8.  The  school  spent  $63.51  for  29  new  books. 
How  much  did  each  book  cost? 


9.  In  5 games  a basketball  team  had  the  fol- 
lowing scores:  59,  73,  77,  64,  82.  Find  the 
average  number  of  points  scored  per  game. 


D.  It  is  a good  idea  to  estimate  the  answer 
before  you  work  a problem. 

For  each  of  problems  1,  3,  4,  6,  8,  and  9, 
use  round  numbers  and  estimate  the  answer. 
Write  the  estimated  answer  at  the  end  of  the 
line  below  the  problem. 


Now  go  back  and  solve  each  problem.  Do 
your  work  on  a separate  paper  and  write  your 
answers  below. 


1 

5 

2 

6 

3 

7 

4 

8 

9. 


67 


b.  About  how  much  paint  would  be  needed 
to  give  the  platform  2 coats  of  paint? 


Last  summer,  Bill’s  grandfather  helped  Bill 
make  a house  in  a big  tree. 

1.  The  platform  was  8 ft.  long  and  6 ft.  wide. 
What  was  its  area? 

sq.  ft. 

2.  Grandfather  said  that  1 gal.  of  paint  covers 
about  400  sq.  ft. 

a.  How  many  square  feet  would  1 qt.  of  paint 
cover? 


3.  Bill  cut  up  two  planks  to  make  braces  for 
the  platform.  Each  long  brace  was  4 ft.  long, 
and  the  short  braces  were  each  3 ft.  long. 

a.  Mark  the  diagram  below  to  show  how  you 
would  cut  4 long  braces  and  2 short  braces 
from  the  two  12-foot  planks. 

i " = — □ 

i ~i 


5.  For  a hoist  to  haul  up  supplies,  Bill  bought 
a pail  for  59 £ and  15  ft.  of  rope  at  5^  a foot. 
The  hoist  cost  how  much? 


h 12' H 


b.  Use  color  to  show  what  is  left  after  cut- 
ting all  the  braces.  What  is  the  total  length 
of  the  plank  left? 


4.  One  day,  Bill  and  Grandfather  each  worked 
5 hr.  Joe  helped  2 hr.  in  the  morning,  and  Ed 
and  Tom  each  worked  2 hr.  in  the  afternoon. 
This  was  equal  to  how  many  hours  of  one  per- 
son’s time? 


6.  After  the  first  rain,  Bill  wanted  a canvas 
roof  for  the  tree  house.  To  allow  for  the 
slant  and  the  eaves,  Grandfather  said  they 
needed  a piece  of  canvas  2 ft.  longer  and  1 ft. 
wider  than  the  platform. 

a.  Mark  at  the  right  the 
dimensions  of  the  canvas. 


68 


b.  They  needed 
square  feet  of  canvas. 


Testing  What  You  Have  Learned 


1.  Write  the  fractional  unit  for  each  of  these 
fractions: 

5 3 6 7 

12 8 7 10 

2.  Draw  a ring  around  the  larger  fraction  in 
each  pair  below. 

1 i.  2 _7_  1 1 4 JL 

53  4 33  12  83  6 93  10 

3.  Change  each  fraction  to  an  equal  fraction. 


[Cumulative  Review] 

6.  Divide.  Write  any  remainder  in  a fraction 
in  the  quotient. 

a.  5JT~92~  b.  8]2T6  c.  4)304 


6 

10 

5 

8 ~~  4 

16  ~~ 

8 

10  : 

1 

9 

6 

2 ~ 8 

12  ~ 

~4~ 

9 

4.  Change  to  best  form. 

1 9 _ 6 _ 

3 — 6 — 

16  - 
1 8 — 

18  _ 

4 ~ 

HS 

II 

= 

14  _ 

16  “ 

200  _ 
3 — 

5.  Add  or  subtract.  Write  answers  in  best 
form. 


d.  6j5Y0  e.  3)4T7  f.  7)9~05 


7.  Find  the  following  fractional  parts: 


1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

II 

00 

<4-t 

o 

h|n 

d 

___  d.  £of  10  = 

b.  i of  12  = 

____  e.  y of  14  = 

c.  | of  23  = 

f.  | of  15  = 

Add  or  subtract. 


8.  23  5 

107 
+ 692 


9.  3,012  10.  6,375 

960  8,680 

+ 2,1  5 9 +40,09  6 


11.  78  2 

- 595 


12.  1,576 

- 807 


13.  $152.98 
-103.79 


Multiply.  Write  all  your  work  here. 


14.  4 8 6 

X 2 3 


15.  5,127  16.  $69.75 

X 4 7 X 5 8 


1. 


69 


The  Junior  Choir 

[Whole  number  x fraction ] 

Do  your  work  in  the  space  below. 

1.  In  the  Junior  Choir  there  are  25  boys 
and  15  girls.  How  many  children  are  there 
in  the  choir? 


2.  What  part  of  the  choir  are  the  25  boys? 


j£_- the  15  girls? 

3.  It  takes  f yd.  of  silk  for  each  tie.  How 
much  silk  is  needed  for  25  ties? 


5.  Last  week  the  choir  rehearsed  ^ hr.  on 
Sunday,  fhr.  on  Thursday,  and  ljhr.  on 
Friday.  How  much  time  did  they  rehearse 
last  week? 


4.  A collar  can  be  made  from  | yd.  of  ma- 
terial. For  40  collars,  how  many  yards  are 
needed? 


6.  This  week  the  choir  has  rehearsed  f hr. 


on  each  of  3 
in  all? 


days.  This  is  how  many  hours 


Space  for  Work 


Multiply  as  shown  in  Ex.  7.  Give  answers  in  best  form. 


7.  4X1  = 


4x5 


— . — — 04 
- 8 - Z« 


9i 

z2 


8.  8 Xf  = 

9.  10  X § = 

10.  4 X = 
70 


11.  6 X f = 

12.  9 X J = 

13.  5 X i = 

14.  3 X A = 


V • 


Multiplying  a Mixed  Number  by  a Whole  Number 


many  fourths  are  shown  in  all?  

The  diagram  shows  that  2f  = . 

2.  Box  A also  shows  all  the  steps  in  changing 
2f  to  Study  the  work. 

In  changing  a mixed  number  to  an  improper 
fraction,  how  do  we  know  the  fractional  unit  of 
the  improper  fraction? 


10.  In  box  B we  first  change  the  mixed  num- 
ber to  an  fraction.  Then 


we  work  just  as  we  do  in  multiplying  any 
by  a whole  number. 


11.  Box  C shows  an- 
other way  to  multiply  a 
mixed  number  by  a whole 

C ,3 

c 

X 5 

number. 

3?  (5  x f) 

In  box  C,  how  do  we 

10  (5  X 2) 

get  the  first  partial  prod- 
uct, 3 j? 

13| 

How  do  we  get  the  second  partial  prod- 
uct, 10?  

In  Ex.  12-16,  multiply  as  in  box  B.  In 
Ex.  17-19,  multiply  as  in  box  C. 


Change  these  mixed  numbers  to  improper 
fractions.  Change  the  whole-number  part  in 
your  head  and  write  your  work  as  in  Ex.  3. 

1 3.  4i  =¥+i  = — 

4.  6§  = 

5.  8J  = 

j 6.  1\  = - 

1 7.  4|  = 

8.  5^  = 


Box  B shows  one  way  to  multiply  a mixed 
number  by  a whole  number. 


12.  2 X 3§  = 

13.  3 X 5§  = 

14.  6 X 8f  = 

15.  8 X 2f  = 

16.  7X31  = 

17.  6^  18.  9| 

X 4 X 4 


19.  3§ 

X 6 


77 


Envelopes  of  Fractions  — A Game 


One  rainy  day,  Grandma 
showed  Sally  and  her  cousins 
Jim  and  Bill  a game  with 
fractions. 

Each  player  had  an  en- 
velope ruled  as  shown  at  the 
right,  with  a number  on  the 
flap. 

On  a large  sheet  of  brown 
paper,  Grandma  wrote  some 
numbers  and  examples.  Sally  Jim  Bill 


The  game  is  to  copy  on  the  envelope  all 
the  numbers  and  examples  which  fit  the  num- 
ber on  the  flap. 


Below  are  Grandma’s  numbers  and  examples. 
Finish  Sally’s  envelope,  and  then  do  Jim’s  and 
Bill’s. 


2i5o 

12 

4 

7-4 

lf  + lf 

'X  1 

3 2 

6 h-  2 

2X1* 

li  + U 

?_5_  1 _7_ 

^12  i 12 

2 - 1* 

5 

2 

2 Xf 

1 -* 

i +t 

lf+i 

2 X 1* 

_§_ 

1 0 

1 2 

15 

The  Game  of  Letters 


Grandma  showed  the  children  another  game. 
She  gave  them  the  words,  “Fractions  in  Arith- 
metic,” and  told  them  to  use  the  letters  to  spell 
as  many  words  as  possible.  She  made  these 
rules: 

1.  Use  each  letter  only  once.  Cross  out  each 
letter  as  you  use  it. 

2.  You  must  not  make  more  than  one 
2-letter  word. 


3.  No  1 -letter  words  are  allowed. 

4.  Count  your  score  as  follows: 

Give  yourself  1 for  each  letter  used. 

Give  yourself  5 for  each  word  made. 

Subtract  2 for  each  letter  not  used. 

Grandma  said,  “You  can  use  all  the  letters 
if  you  try!” 

Now  you  play  the  game  of  letters. 


metimemow®  oo  oom>o— ♦ 


Words 


Score 

Count  for  letters  used: 

Count  for  words  made:  + 

Sum: 


Subtract  for  letters  not  used: 


Score: 


72 


Multiplying  a Whole  Number  by  a Fraction 


1.  Draw  lines  to  divide  the  8 squares  into 
4 equal  groups. 

a.  Put  X on  5 of  the  squares. 

b.  There  are  in  each  of  the  4 equal 

parts  of  8. 

c.  Jof  8 = ____ 

2.  Draw  a ring  around  § of  the  dots  above. 

a.  How  many  dots  are  inside  the  ring? 

b.  f of  10  = ____ 

c.  Does  the  diagram  show  that  the  result  in 

the  box  below  is  correct?  



c t r\  3X  10  30  ^ 

f of  10  = X 10  = — y-  = J = 6 


3.  10  Xf  = ----- 

a.  Is  this  result  the  same  as  the  product  of 

§ X 10  in  the  box  above? 

b.  You  know  that  you  can  reverse  factors 

like  2x3;  that  is,  2x3= , and 

3X2= 

The  box  shows  that  you  can  multiply  § X 10 
just  as  you  multiply  10  X f. 

J X 8 has  the  same  value  as  8 X 

c.  We  usually  read  J X 8 as  of  8,”  and 

f X 10  as  “ ” 

4.  Draw  a diagram  below  to  show  how  many 
§ of  6 are. 


f of  6 = 


Find  the  products  as  in  the  box.  Give  answers 
in  best  form. 

5.  f X 24  = 

6.  xo  X 105  = 

7.  f X 4 = 

8.  i X 29  = 

9.  | X 27  = 

10.  | x 84  = 

11.  f X 18  = 

12.  * X 20  = 

Below  each  problem,  write  its  solution. 

13.  Ann  bought  f yd.  of  ribbon.  How  many 
inches  was  that? 


14.  Jack  ran  \ mile.  How  many  yards  did 
he  run?  (1  mi.  = 1,760  yd.) 


15.  It  takes  Sam’s  father  f hr.  to  go  from 
his  house  to  his  office.  How  many  minutes  is 
that? 


16.  On  the  day  of  the  bad  storm,  ^ of  Joe’s 
class  of  42  pupils  were  absent.  How  many 
pupils  were  absent? 


73 


Multiplying  a Fraction  by  a Fraction 


1.  Mother  said,  “There’s  half  an  apple  pie  in 
the  pantry.  You  three  boys  may 
divide  it  equally  among  you.” 

What  part  of  the  whole  pie  did 
each  boy  get? 

a.  The  half  pie  is  divided  into  3 equal  pieces, 

so  each  boy  gets of  J pie. 

b.  In  the  whole  pie  there  are  halves, 

so  in  the  whole  pie  there  are  2 X 3,  or , 

pieces  of  the  size  that  each  boy  gets. 

c.  Each  boy  gets of  the  whole  pie. 

ij  of  \ pie  = J of  the  whole  pie. 


2.  Mark  or  color  the  diagram  above  to  show 
J’s.  Then  mark  § of  f. 

| of  f of  the  bar  = of  the  bar. 

3.  Sam’s  father  spends  f hr.  in  going  from  his 
home  to  his  office.  (See  Ex.  15,  page  73.)  For  § 
of  that  time  he  rides  on  the  bus.  He  walks  the 
rest  of  the  way.  How  long  is  he  on  the  bus? 

2V3  2X3  V 

3 X 4 = 3*4  = _ = — (h°Ur) 

Does  your  answer  agree  with  the  diagram 
in  Ex.  2 above? 

Multiply.  Give  answers  in  best  form. 

4.  ixM 

5.  f X | - 

6-  | X | = 

7.  i X i = 

74 


8-  f X * = 

9.  f-  X | - 

10.  yq  X To  = 

11-  TO  X t = 

12.  t xH  = 

Find  answers  for  problems  13  and  14  by 
doing  your  work  in  the  spaces  provided.  Be 
sure  your  answers  are  in  best  form. 

13.  Ann’s  mother  had  § yd.  of  red  calico. 
She  used  J of  it  for  pockets  on  an  apron.  How 
many  inches  did  she  use  for  pockets? 

a.  Change  § yd.  to  inches  and  find  \ of 
the  number  of  inches. 


b.  Find  ^ of  § yd.,  and  change  to  inches. 


c.  Are  your  answers  in  a and  b the  same? 


14.  Kate’s  sister  planned  to  make  some 
pickles.  The  recipe  called  for  12  cucumbers, 
but  she  had  only  8 cucumbers. 

a.  What  fraction  of  each  of  the  other  in- 
gredients should  she  use  if  she  uses  only  8 cu- 
cumbers? 


b.  The  recipe  for  12  cucumbers  requires 
f cup  of  salt.  How  much  salt  should  she  use 
for  8 cucumbers? 


Multiplying  a Mixed  Number  by  a Fraction 


1.  The  pail  that  Bill  used  as  a hoist  for 
his  tree  house  (page  68)  held  2\  gal.  Grand- 
father told  Bill  to  fill  it  only  f full  of  water, 
to  avoid  spilling. 

a.  Draw  a line  to 
show  the  water  line 
when  the  pail  is  f 
full. 

b.  f of  the  pail  is 

gallons.  (See 

the  gallon  line.) 

To  find  f of  2\  with  figures,  you  can 
change  the  mixed  number  to  an  improper 
fraction  and  multiply  as  you  do  with  any 
fractions. 


2i  = f + i = f 

4 v5  =iX5  = 20 

5 A 2 5X2  10 


c.  Does  the  diagram  show  that  the  multipli- 
cation in  the  box  is  correct? 

Multiply.  Change  the  mixed  numbers  to 
improper  fractions  in  your  head  if  you  can. 
Give  answers  in  best  form. 

2.  f X 10tt  = 

3.  } X 5|  = 

4.  | X 6|  = 

3*  IT)  X 4f  = 

6.  3 X 5f  = 


3.  i X 3y  = 

9.  f X 3£  = 

10.  f X 5f  = 

11.  A X 9f  = 

12.  §X7i  = 

13.  i X 3 \ = 

14.  | X A = 

In  working  with  fractions  you  need  to  do 
a lot  of  multiplying  and  dividing  quickly  and 
accurately.  Here  is  a good  chance  to  get  some 
practice  with  numbers  you  use  often. 

Multiply  or  divide,  as  indicated.  Try  to 
think  the  work  and  write  just  the  answers. 


a 

b 

15. 

2X3=  ____ 

8X4=  ____ 

16. 

9 _ 

3 — 

5X7=  ____ 

17. 

4X6=  ____ 

10  -5  = ___ 

18. 

14  -2  = ____ 

9 X 3 =____ 

19. 

7X8  =____ 

1 6 _ 

4 — 

20. 

11 

CM 

•I* 

00 

v— H 

7 X 3 =___. 

21. 

15  _ 

3 — 

15  _ 

5 — 

22. 

6X9=  ____ 

12  -5-  4 = ___ 

23. 

16.  _ 

2 — 

9X2= 

24. 

1 

II 

•1- 

O 

<N 

18  -3  = 

75 

7.  f X 5f  = 


Multiplying  by  a Mixed  Number 


1.  In  all  the  boxes.,  the 

is  a mixed  number. 

2.  Boxes  A and  B show  two  ways  of  multi- 
plying a ------  number  by  a 

mixed  number.  In  box , the  mixed  num- 

ber is  not  changed  before  multiplying. 

3.  In  boxes  B,  C,  and  D,  what  has  been  done 
to  the  multiplier,  3J? 


4.  Which  box  shows  how  to  multiply 

a.  a fraction  by  a mixed  number? 

b.  a mixed  number  by  a mixed  number? 


In  problems  5 and  6,  you  must  multiply 
with  the  same  kinds  of  numbers  used  in  the 
boxes.  For  each  problem,  write  the  letter  of  the 
box  that  shows  the  example  you  would  follow. 
Then  write  the  multiplication  example  for  the 
problem.  Do  not  solve  yet. 

5.  Bill  travels  § mi.  to  school.  Ed  travels 
3^  times  as  far.  Ed  travels  how  many  miles? 

Box Multiply X 

6.  Bill  and  Ed  rode  for  2\  hr.  on  their  bi- 
cycles at  an  average  rate  of  9^  mi.  an  hour. 
How  many  miles  did  they  ride? 


Now  solve  Ex.  5 and  6 in  the  boxes  below, 
and  draw  rings  around  the  answers. 


Ex.  5 


Ex.  6 


Multiply.  Give  answers  in  best  form. 


H xf  = 


8. 

n x it  I 


05.  y 4 _ 
S'  9 


Box Multiply 

76 


X 


Cancellation  with  Fractions 


Multiply:  f X lf 


4 3 

Long  way:  - X - 


4X3 

9X2 


12 

18 


2 1 
it  2 
Short  way:  ^ X ^ — - 

3 1 


1.  In  the  long  way  in  the  box  above,  the 
product  y§  is  reduced  to  lowest  terms  by  divid- 
ing both  numerator  and  denominator  by 

When  we  divide  both  the  numerator  and 
the  denominator  of  a fraction  by  the  same 
number,  are  we  changing  the  value  of  the 
fraction? 


2.  Study  the  short  way  in  the  box.  Often 
we  can  make  our  work  shorter  by  dividing 
both  a numerator  and  a denominator  by  the 
same  number  before  multiplying  the  fractions. 

We  divide  both  the  4 and  the  2 by , 

and  we  divide  both  the  3 and  the by 

3.  The  product  of  the  numbers  2 and  3,  by 

; which  we  divided  in  Ex.  2,  is 

The  number  by  which  we  divide  in  reducing 
If  to  lowest  terms  is 

4.  Show  how  you  could  reduce  y§  in  two 
steps.  Divide  both  terms  first  by  2,  and  then 
by  3. 

12  _ 

18  — 

Cancellation  saves  work  and  time,  and  most 
people  think  it  is  fun,  too.  But  be  sure  to 
divide  both  a numerator  and  a denominator  by 
the  same  number.  That’s  part  of  the  Golden 
Rule  of  Fractions! 


Multiply.  Use  cancellation 
sible.  Test  products  mentally. 

when  it  is  pos 

a 

b 

5-  |xf  =-  — 

1 - 
10  ^ 8 

6.  | X | = — - 

16  X 9 

7.  fxU 

1 xz  _ 

2 X 8 

8-  !xi  “ — 

A x5  _ 

15  X 6 

l vi  - 
5 X 2 

10.  § x|  = _ 

5 x A _ 

6 X 10  

n.  I x|  = 

4 X 5 “ — - 

12.  fx  J-l 

1 y io  _ 

10  ^ 21  

13.  £x?-„ 

9 2 

16  X 3 = - 

14.  fxf--- 

3 v Id  _ 

8 X is  

!5.  f2xf4  =-- 

1 _ 

8 X 3 

16.  *|t=— - 

7 X 5 

17.  |.x|  =_  — 

t8.1_ 

10  ^ 12 

18.  |xf5=-- 

2 X 3 i 

77 


Cancellation  with  More  than  Two  Numbers 


Boxes  A and  B show  examples  in  which 
more  than  two  fractions,  mixed  numbers,  and 
whole  numbers  are  multiplied  together. 

In  examples  of  this  kind,  you  must  change 
any  mixed  number  to  an  improper  fraction.  It 
is  not  necessary  to  change  a whole  number  to  a 
fraction,  but  it  is  a good  idea  to  do  so,  to  avoid 
mistakes  in  cancellation. 

1.  In  box  A,  the  mixed  number 

is  changed  to  the  equal  fraction 

2.  In  box  B,  the  9 is  changed  to 

3.  In  box  B,  the  3J  is  changed  to 


f X J X 2i  = ? 

0 v7  =12<J  _ 14 
0^3  3X3  9 


= U 

1 9 


B 


9X§X3ixf=? 


3 2 1 

I v2  -y*  vf 

1 a2  a g xg 

111 


12 


4.  The  cancellation  in  box  B shows  that  w 
divided  by  what  numbers?  


Multiply.  Use  cancellation  when  possible.  Give  your  answers  in 
best  form. 


5 ^ x3  x2  = 
h.  6 X 4 X 5 


6 ? 21  8 = 
3 X 32  X 9 


o i 9 5 

7.  J5  X 2 x 3 X 3 


q ^ 6 5 8 

4 X 7 X 6 X 15 


3 15  3 

9-  To  X 2 X 9 X 4 


10.  8 X 16  X 9 


12.  9 X A X If  = 


13.  18x3x3x4  = 


14.  3 X 25  X i X H = 


15.  Tony  wanted  to  write  6 examples  in  a column  on  his  Space  for  work 

paper.  If  he  needed  1J  in.  of  space  for  each  example,  how  high 
would  the  column  be? 


78 


Testing  a Product 


You  can  test  a product  easily  by  noticing 
vhether  the  multiplier  is  more  or  less  than  1. 
Study  Ex.  a-c  in  the  box  below. 


a.  4 X 3 — 3 — I3 

K J,  y 7 __  7 

**•  2 A 8 — 16 


1.  In  Ex.  a,  the  multiplier,  4,  is 

|han  1.  The  product, , is 

han  the  multiplicand, 


{more;  less ) 
{more;  less ) 


[Size  of  product  related  to  size  of  multiplier ] 

2.  In  Ex.  b,  the  multiplier,  , is 

than  1.  The  product,  , 

is  than  the  multiplicand, 

3.  In  Ex.  c,  the  multiplier  is  1.  The  prod- 
uct is  the  same  as  the  . 

If  the  multiplier  is  less  than  1,  the 
product  will  be  less  than  the  multipli- 
cand. 

If  the  multiplier  is  more  than  1,  the 
product  will  be  more  than  the  multipli- 
cand. 


Finish  Ex.  5-10  below.  Work  as  in  Ex.  4. 


Compare  Multiplier  with  1 


Compare  Product  with  Multiplicand 


6. 


8. 


f X7 

--7---  IS  - 

_ Jm. 

- than  1. 

Product  will  be  _ . 

J&M/ 

_ than  . J. 

3 Xi 

is 

than  1. 

Product  will  be 

- than  _ _ _ . 

3 y i 

4 A 4 

is 

_ than  1. 

Product  will  be 

than  __  . 

2J  X 1 

is 

than  1. 

Product  will  be  _ _ 

_ _ than  

t X.2 

is 

_ than  1. 

Product  will  be  . 

than 

1 xA 

ii  x 14 

Product  will  be 

is 

^ than  1. 

Product  will  be 

than 

Now  find  products  for  Ex.  4-10 

, and  write  your  answers  below. 

4 

Ex.  5 

Ex.  6 

__  Ex.  7 _ 

Ex.  8 

Ex.  9 

Ex.  10 

Multiply  in  Ex.  11-18. 

Test  the  products  in  the  way  explained  above. 

2 y ai  _ 

3 A “ 

15.  I5  X 1&2  — 

4^ 

X 

II 

16.  i X f = 

Hr  X2i 

= 

17.  4i  X 5i  = 

= 

18.  f X 2|  = 

79 


Rounding,  Estimating,  Testing 


Do  you  remember  this  rule? 

To  round  a mixed  number  to  the 
nearest  whole  number:  (a)  if  the  frac- 
tion is  equal  to  or  greater  than  add 
1 to  the  whole  number  and  drop  the  frac- 
tion; (b)  if  the  fraction  is  less  than 
drop  it. 


See  how  the  numbers  below  are  rounded. 

1|  becomes  2.  2|  becomes  2. 

2\  becomes  3.  2§  becomes  3. 

3J  becomes  3. 

In  Ex.  1-10  below,  round  each  mixed  num- 
ber to  the  nearest  whole  number. 


1.  2.  3. 


4.  5.  6.  7.  8.  9.  10. 


Mixed  number  .... 

10i 

Q3 

4* 

6A 

8| 

3-2- 
J1  0 

7 1.5 
' 1 6 

->7 

A15. 

^32 

02 

Z3 

Rounded  number  . . . 

You  have  to  know  when  to  use  the  rule 
above  and  when  to  estimate  differently.  Some- 
times it  is  better  not  to  follow  the  rule!  Let’s  see 
if  you  have  good  judgment. 

11.  Sue  said,  “We  live  about  3 mi.  from 
town.”  The  exact  distance  is  2^-  mi.  Was  Sue’s 
estimate  a good  one? 


14.  Bill  made  this  estimate  for  2^%  X 8J-: 

“2  X 8 = 16,  and  3 X 9 = 27,  so  the  answer 
lies  between  16  and  27.” 

a.  Explain  Bill’s  estimate. 


12.  Dee’s  father  measured  a boundary  line 
and  found  it  to  be  1,316^  ft.  Dee  asked, 
“Would  you  call  it  1,317  ft.?” 

“Yes,”  her  father  said.  “A  legal  descrip- 
tion might  be  T,317  ft.  more  or  less’;  but  for 
some  purposes  I might  round  1,316 yq  ft.  either 
to  1,300  ft.  or  to  i mi.” 

Explain. 


13.  Don’s  father  said,  “Cut  me  six  pieces  of 
molding  21J  inches  long.”  Should  Don  round 
21 J in.  to  the  nearest  inch?  Explain. 


b.  The  exact  answer  is Does  this 

agree  with  Bill’s  estimate? 

15.  Betsy  needed  25^  in.  of  ribbon  for  a hat 
band.  She  bought  fyd.  Did  Betsy  make  a 
reasonable  estimate? 

Explain. 


16.  The  telephone  “Time  Service”  gave  the 
correct  time  as  “8:47  and  50  seconds.” 

a.  Mrs.  Huey  set  her  clock  at  quarter  of  9. 

Was  the  clock  fast  or  slow  then? 

b.  To  the  nearest  minute,  the  correct  time 

was  minutes  before 


80 


Sometimes  TV  actors  read  their  “lines” 
from  cue  cards,  which  are  not  seen  on  the 
TV  screen.  These  cards  are  rectangles  of  card- 
board with  words  in  large  print. 

The  diagram  below  shows  a cue  card  and 
this  workbook  drawn  to  the  same  scale. 


Scale  Drawing  and  Television 

[ Meaning  of  scale ] 

After  Ed  saw  a dog  show  on  TV,  he  looked 
up  “Collie”  in  his  dictionary.  He  found  a picture 
that  looked  like  this. 


5.  The  scale  is 

6.  To  find  about 
how  long  the  collie  is, 

you 

the  length  of  the  drawing  by 

7.  The  length  of  the  drawing  is 

So  the  real  collie  is  about in.,  or 

long. 


Scale:  ^ = 1" 


Workbook 


1.  The  scale  tells  that in.  on  the  drawing 

represents in.  on  the  cue  card.  Then  1 in. 

on  the  drawing  represents in.  on  the  card. 

2.  The  width  of  the  cue  card  in  the  draw- 

ing is  yq  of  the  width  of  the  actual  card;  so 
width  of  card  = X width  of  drawing. 

3.  Find  the  dimensions  of  the  card. 

Drawing  Card 

Width:  in.  _ „ _ in. 

Height:  in.  in. 

4.  By  thinking  how  many  workbooks  can  fit 
on  one  card,  you  can  estimate  that  the  card 
is  about  how  many  times  as  large  as  the  work- 
book? 


K -Sca±-7 XbZ- — -a 

Rough-haired  Collie 


m. 

ft.. 


8.  The  height  of  dogs  is  measured  from 
the  withers  (shoulders)  in  a straight  line  to 
the  ground,  as  shown  by  the  dashed  line  in  the 
drawing. 

The  height  in  the  drawing  is inch, 

so  the  real  collie’s  height  is  about in., 

or ft. 

Scale  models  can  sometimes  be  used  in  set- 
tings for  moving  pictures  and  TV  productions. 
Skillful  use  of  the  camera  makes  them  appear 
to  be  full  size. 

9.  One  scene  in  a film  shown  on  TV  rep- 
resented an  earthquake.  The  buildings  were 
models  to  the  scale  1 ft.  = 12  ft.  Find  the 
width  and  height  of  the  model  representing  a 
house  34  ft.  wide  and  20  ft.  high. 

Width: Height: 

10.  The  model  of  a factory  building  was 
8f  ft.  long.  How  long  was  the  real  build- 
ing that  it  represented?  (Use  the  scale  in  Ex.  9.) 


11.  A church  steeple  88  ft.  high  was  how 
high  in  the  scale  model? 


87 


Making  and  Reading  Scale  Drawings 


1.  Make  three  scale  drawings  of  a line  that 
is  8 in.  long.  Use  these  scales: 

Scale,  \. 

Scale,  tV 

Scale,  J. 


Mouse 


[Using  a scale ] 


Cat  (A) 


2.  In  Ex.  1,  which  of  the  scales  made  the 


largest  drawing? the  smallest  draw- 
ing?   The  larger  the  scale  is,  the 


the  scale  drawing  is. 

3.  If  you  draw  a picture  of  a bird  to  the 
scale  J,  and  then  draw  a picture  of  the  same  bird 
to  the  scale  J,  will  the  first  drawing  be  larger 
or  smaller  than  the  second  drawing? 


4.  If  you  want  to  show  a 10-inch  line  on 


7.  If  you  had  never  seen  either  a cat  or 
a mouse,  how  could  you  tell  from  these  draw- 
ings which  animal  is  larger? 

The  real  mouse  is times  as  large  as  the 

drawing;  the  real  cat  is times  as  large. 

8.  This  could  be  a picture  of  Susan’s  doll’s 
teacup  or  of  Susan’s  mother’s  cup,  depending 

on  the  of  the 

drawing. 


a drawing  to  the  scale  1 in.  = 4 in .,  you  think , 


Is  it  a doll’s  cup  if  the  scale  is  J? 


“My  line  must  be  as  many  inches  long  as 

there  are  4’s  in  10,  or inches.” 

5.  To  the  scale  1 in.  = 4 in .,  a line  6 feet 

long  would  be  in.  long  in  the  drawing. 

Explain. 


6.  Last  summer,  at  his  grandfather’s  farm, 
Richard  collected  snakes.  Finish  the  list  of 
lengths  below.  Then  draw  lines  to  represent 
these  lengths.  Use  the  scale  1 in.  =16  in. 


a.  Striped  adder,  2\  ft.,  or in. 

b.  Garter  snake,  1 J ft.,  or in. 

c.  Black  snake,  3f  ft.,  or in. 

a. 


if  the  scale  is  -J? 

9.  Scale  drawings  are  not  always  smaller 
than  the  things  which  they  rep- 
resent. Look  at  the  drawing 
of  a mosquito,  at  the  right. 

Is  it  larger  or  smaller  than  life 
size? 

Scale:  f 


10.  The  mosquito  was  drawn  to  what  scale? 

You  know  that  a scale  of  \ means  that 

1"  in  the  drawing  stands  for " in  the  real 

object.  Then  a scale  of  \ means  that  2"  in  the 
drawing  stand  for " in  the  real  object. 

11.  In  the  drawing  the  wingspread  of  the 


b. 


c. 


82 


mosquito  is ".  The  wingspread  of  the  real 

mosquito  is  j of  f",  or ". 


Making  and  Reading  Graphs 


1.  Uncle  Pete  gave  Joe  some  out-of-print 
United  States  stamps  for  his  collection.  Joe 
made  a record  when  he  sorted  the  stamps. 

a.  In  this  record,  / means  stamp. 

b.  Complete  the  table. 

Stamps  1^  2 <ji  3 i 4^  5^ 

Tally  /////  /////  /////  //  ///// 

/ /////  /// 

Number  

Total  number  of  stamps:  

2.  Uncle  Pete  showed  Joe  how  to  draw  a 
picture  graph.  Finish  this  graph: 

r»iiiiiiini 

Key: 

|~~j  = 1 stamp 
V 

Joe’s  Stamps  from  Uncle  Pete 

3.  The  key  of  the  graph  shows  that  each 

picture  stamp  stands  for stamp. 


Joe  thought  that  a picture  graph  is  easy  to 
read,  but  it  takes  a lot  of  time  to  draw.  So 
Uncle  Pete  made  this  bar  graph i 


0 2 4 6 8 10  12  14  16  18  20 


Number  of  stamps 

Joe’s  Stamps  from  Uncle  Pete 

4.  The  graph  above  is  called  a horizontal- 
bar  graph  because  i 


t 3*| 

s *i 
54  0 


[ Picture  graph  and  bar  graph ] 

5.  Finish  the  horizontal-bar  graph. 

6.  Joe  thought  that  this  bar  graph  is  some- 
thing like  the  picture  graph.  See  if  you  can 
tell  why  Joe  thought  so. 


To  show  how  many  stamps  he  has  from  dif- 
ferent countries,  Joe  made  the  vertical-bar 
graph  below. 


Joe’s  Stamps  from  Different  Countries 

7.  In  Joe’s  graph,  each  small  space  on  the 

number  scale  represents stamps.  Why 

didn’t  Joe  number  all  the  dividing  lines? 


8.  Find  how  many  stamps  Joe  has  from  each 
country.  Write  the  number  after  the  name  of 
the  country  in  the  list  below. 

France  - India  

Canada Mexico 

U.S.A. Brazil  


Italy 

83 


Reading  Maps  and  Graphs 


1.  The  picture  above  is  a scale  drawing,  or 
map,  of  Lakeside  Camp.  Measure  from  center 
to  center  of  the  dots  on  the  map  to  find  the  dis- 
tances listed  below.  Then  use  the  scale  to  find 
the  real  distances. 

Distance 

Map  Real 

a.  Main  tent  to  pier  

b.  Cook  tent  to  main  tent  

c.  Woodpile  to  cook  tent  

d.  Tent  A to  pier  

e.  Tent  A to  shore  __  


Distance 

Map  Real 

f.  Tent  A to  main  tent  

g.  Tent  B to  pier  

h.  Tent  B to  main  tent  

i.  Tent  B to  shore  

j.  Tent  B to  Tent  C 

k.  Tent  B to  cook  tent  

l.  Tent  C to  shore  

m.  Tent  C to  cook  tent  


2.  Graph  A is  a 

graph.  Each  picture  of  a boat 
means sailboats. 

3.  How  many  boats  had 

a.  red  sails? 

b.  blue  sails? 

c.  black  sails? 

d.  white  sails? 

84 


Flowers  Sold  on  Monday 


4.  Graph  B is  a vertical- graph. 

5.  On  the  scale,  0,  1,  2,  3,  and  4 mean 

6.  Each  small  space  on  the  scale  stands  for  what  fraction  of 

a dozen?  

7.  How  many  daffodils  were  sold? 

8.  Graph  C shows  that  a #3  can  holds cups. 

9.  Each  small  space  on  the  scale  stands  for cup. 

10.  A #2  can  contains cups. 


Drawing 


Flowers  Sold  on  Monday 

Daffodils  . 

. . 2\  doz. 

Tulips  . . 

. . 3 doz. 

Roses  . . . 

. . 4 doz. 

On  page  84,  a vertical-bar  graph  was  used 
to  show  the  facts  in  the  table  below. 

The  same  facts 
can  be  shown  also 
in  a picture  graph 
or  a horizontal-bar 
graph. 

1.  In  the  picture  graph  below,  the  key  says 

that  stands  for  1 doz.  flowers.  Then 
can  be  used  to  stand  for doz.  flowers. 

2.  Finish  this  picture  graph: 


, 

Key=^=  1 doz- 

Daffodils 

$ 

Tulips 

Roses 

Flowers  Sold  on  Monday 

3.  In  the  horizontal-bar  graph  that  has  been 

started  below,  each  small  space  on  the  number 
scale  represents dozen  flowers. 

4.  Finish  the  bar  graph  below.  Use  the  num- 
ber scale  to  help  you  make  each  bar  the  correct 
length. 


Daffodils 


Tulips 


E 


2 3 

Dozens 


Flowers  Sold  on  Monday 

5.  In  Ex.  2,  the  number  of  tulip  pictures 

is of  the  rose  pictures.  Are  3 dozen  J as 

many  as  4 dozen? 


Graphs 

[ Picture  graph  and  bar  graph ] 

6.  In  your  bar  graph  (Ex.  4),  the  tulips’  bar 

is as  long  as  the  bar  for  roses. 

7.  Suppose  you  made  the  bar  graph  to  any 
other  scale,  what  would  be  the  relation  between 
the  bar  for  tulips  and  the  bar  for  roses? 


8.  On  the  squared  paper  below,  draw  a graph 
for  each  set  of  facts  below. 

Make  one  a picture  graph  and  the  other  a 
bar  graph.  Show  the  scale  or  key.  Label  the 
bars  or  rows  of  pictures,  and  give  each  graph 
a title.  A graph  should  show  all  the  facts  in 
the  table. 

a.  Eggs  Laid  by  Ed’s  Hens  Last  Week 
Sun.  Mon.  Tues.  Wed.  Thurs.  Fri.  Sat. 

10  12  14  10  13  15  9 


b.  Fish  Caught  on  Saturday 

Bill  Tom  Ed  Sam  Joe 

3 5 2 2 4 


85 


Add?  Subtract?  Multiply?  Divide? 

For  each  missing  word,  write  “add”  or  “subtract”  or  “multiply” 
or  “divide,”  whichever  makes  the  statement  true. 

Then  write  and  work  an  example  (or  two  examples  if  necessary)  to 
illustrate  each  statement.  It  may  help  if  you  think  of  an  example  before 
you  complete  the  statement.  Draw  a diagram  when  you  think  that  one 
is  needed.  Number  each  example  like  its  statement. 

Illustrations 


1.  To  change  an  improper  fraction  to  a whole  number 

or  a mixed  number,  you  the  numerator  by 

the  denominator. 

2.  To  find  the  area  of  a rectangle,  you  think  of  the  num- 
ber of  area  units  in  one  row  along  the  long  side;  then  you 
this  number  by  the  number  of  rows. 

3.  To  find  how  many  there  are  in  one  of  the  equal  parts  of 

a group,  you 

4.  To  change  from  larger  units  of  measure  to  smaller  units, 


you 

5.  You  cannot or fractions  un- 

less they  have  a common  denominator. 

6.  To  change  from  smaller  units  of  measure  to  larger  units, 

you 

7.  You  can  or  both 

terms  of  a fraction  by  the  same  number  without  changing 
the  value  of  the  fraction. 

8.  To  find  a difference  or  a remainder, 

9.  To  find  a total,  either or . 

10.  To  find  how  many  equal  small  groups  are  contained  in  a 


larger  group,  you 
86 


Do  You  Remember? 


1.  Suppose  this  is  a scale  drawing  of  your 
shoe.  Measure  the  length  of  the  drawing;  then 
measure  your  shoe  to  the  nearest  inch.  Find 
the  scale  of  the  drawing. 

Length  of  drawing: in. 

Length  of  your  shoe:  About in. 

Scale  of  drawing:  About  1 in.  = in. 

2.  On  a map  to  the  scale  1 in.  = 50  mi.,  a 

line  2yq  in.  long  represents mi. 

3.  In  a drawing  to  the  scale  y,  a line  7 in. 

long  represents in.  on  the  real  object. 


1 pt. 

i® 

W- 1 cup 

1 qt. 

»f 

if 

1 gal. 

1 PW 

11 

if 

1® 

®1 

11 

®f 

Liquid  Measures 


4.  From  the  graph  above,  supply  the  num- 
bers missing  in  these  tables: 

a b 


lpt.  = 

cups 

1 qt.  = 

- Pt* 

1 qt.  = _ 

_ cups 

1 gal.  = 

- qt- 

1 gal.  = 

cups 

1 gal.  = 

pt. 

5.  For  each  fact  in  Table , you  can  just 

count  the  pictures  in  one  row  of  the  graph.  For 

each  fact  in  Table , you  compare  the  totals 

for  two  rows. 


[Review:  Scale  drawing  and  graphs] 

6.  Draw  a horizontal-bar  graph  below  to  show 
the  facts  in  Table  a,  Ex.  4. 

To  help  you  choose  the  scale,  think : 

a.  The  longest  bar  in  the  graph  will  stand 
for  how  many  cups? 

b.  There  are squares  across  the 

paper  from  left  to  right.  Then  can  you  let 
one  small  space  on  your  number  scale  stand 
for  1 cup? 


7.  On  the  squared  paper  below,  draw  a ver- 
tical-bar graph  to  show  these  heights: 

Father,  5 ft.  9 in.  Tommy,  4 ft.  9 in. 

Mother,  5 ft.  6 in.  Sally,  3 ft.  6 in. 

Bill,  5 ft.  3 in.  Dicky,  2 ft. 

Helper.  Let  1 square  = 3 in.,  and  mark 
only  each  foot  on  the  scale.  Make  the  bars 
2 squares  wide  and  2 squares  apart.  To  label 
each  bar,  write  the  person’s  name  on  it.  Don’t 
forget  to  give  the  graph  a title! 


87 


Testing  What  You  Have  Learned 


1.  Round  to  the  nearest  whole  number: 

a.  6§ c.  2\ e.  1 

b. 8j d.£  f.  1* 

2.  a.  y§X  32  = 

b.  2f  X 3*  = 

3.  At  50^  a pound,  how  much  does  1^  lb. 

of  ground  meat  cost?  

4.  To  the  scale  \in\  = 1 ft .,  how  long  is 

the  line  that  shows  15  ft.?  

5.  Round  to  the  nearest  hundred: 

a.  5,280 c.  43,560 


b.  144 d.  1,092 

6.  Change  these  measures  as  directed: 


a.  3*  ft.  = 

in. 

d.  2 lb.  = _ 

oz. 

b.  1J  bu.  = 

- Pk- 

e.  18  in.  = 

ft. 

c.  5 pt.  = . 

- qt. 

f.  45  in.  = 

- yd. 

7.  In  the 

example 

f X 8 = 6, 

the  prod- 

uct  is , the  multiplier  is , the  multi- 
plicand is , and  the  factors  of  the  product 

are  and  . 


8.  Show  how  to  tell  which  fraction  is  larger, 

2 nr  3 

3 UI  4* 


9.  Draw  a ring  around  the  larger  fraction  in 


each  pair  below. 

~ i ix 

A 3 

7 

a*  2 16 

Cl.  4 

10 

b.  i i 

0 5 

e.  8 

2 

3 

88 


7 5. 

12  8 


[' Cumulative  Review] 

10.  Turtles  sometimes  live  to  be  very  old.  A 
turtle  that  was  first  seen  on  the  island  of  Mau- 
ritius in  1766  was  accidentally  killed  in  1918. 
About  how  many  years  did  it  live? 


11.  The  sign  on  a bargain  counter  said: 


REMNANTS  - About  1 yd.  each 

The  measurements  of  5 

remnants  on  the  counter  are 

Inches 

given  in  the  box. 

39 

a.  The  average  length  was 

36 

40 

in. 

38 

37 

b.  Was  the  sign  correct? 

c.  There  are  rem- 

nants  longer  than  the  average, 

_ shorter,  and 

just  the  average  length. 


d.  On  the  average,  were  the  remnants  more 
or  less  than  a yard  long? 

12.  A “disc  jockey”  invited  three  judges  to 
score  some  new  records.  For  each  record, 
each  of  the  judges  put  down  a score  between  75 
points  (“fair”)  and  100  points  (“wonderful”). 
One  record  got  scores  of  79,  81,  and  86  points. 
What  was  its  average  score? 


13.  Do  what  the  signs  tell  you. 

a*  i T § = 

b*  f X f = 


( I ] 2 _ 3 _ 
U.  -L3  4 — 


C. 


3. 

4 


f. 


The  School  Zoo 


The  following  6th-grade  pupils  lent  their 
pets  to  the  School  Zoo  for  a week: 

Joe  ...  hamsters  Joan  ....  canary 

Jim  . . . mice  Sue  ....  rabbits 

The  children  made  up  problems  1-6. 

For  each  problem,  a.  find,  in  the  boxes  below, 
a diagram  and  a solution  that  fit  and  mark  each 
of  them  with  the  example  number;  b.  write 
the  answer  after  the  problem.  Be  sure  to  label 
the  answer  (ounces,  days,  teaspoons,  and  so 
on)  to  show  what  it  means. 

i 1.  Joe  feeds  \ ounce  of  pellets  a day  to  each 
hamster.  How  much  do  his  3 hamsters  eat  in 
a week? 

Ans. 

2.  In  Ex.  1,  how  soon  will  a hamster  eat 
1 lb.  of  food? 

Ans. 


[ Dividing  a whole  number  by  a fraction ] 

3.  Joe  gives  the  mother  hamster  J cup  of 
milk  a day.  How  long  will  1 cup  of  milk  last? 

Ans. 

4.  For  the  frame  for  his  mouse  cage,  Jim 
cut  a board  6 in.  wide  into  f-inch  strips.  How 
many  strips  did  he  get  from  the  board? 

Ans. 

5.  When  one  of  her  rabbits  was  sick,  Sue 
put  Jtsp.  of  medicine  in  the  milk  twice  a day. 
How  much  medicine  did  the  rabbit  have  in 
3 days? 

Ans. 

6.  Joan  gives  her  canary  a heaping  teaspoon- 
ful of  bird  seed  a day.  If  that  is  about  § tbsp., 
how  long  will  6 tbsp.  of  bird  seed  last? 

Ans. 


Ex.  __ 


2 Xi  =i 

3 X i = li 


Ex 3 X i = li 

' 7 X H = 10i 


Ex. 


\ | / 
\ / 


Ex.  _ 


Ex. 


■ ©o  ©o  Oc? 
0o  ©e?  ©o  ©^ 


Ex 

0 12  3 4 5 6 

1 I I 1 1 J 1 I-.1  1 I i I 1 I I I 1 

t t t t t t t t t 


Ex. 


1 -f-  J •=  4 fourths  — j—  1 fourth  = 4 


Ex. 


16  - 4=  ^-  4=  32-1  — 32 


Ex 6 - | = \4-  - | = 24  - 3 = 8 


Ex 6-§=4f-§  = 18-2=9 


Ex 


1 j 

> 2 

1 

l ( 

1 i 

l f 
i 1 

» < 

1 

f 1 i 

’ ! 
1 1 1 

5 < 
i ! 

> 10  1 

I I 

1 1 

1 

2 i: 

3 1< 

I 1 

l 1 

1 i 

5 16 
| | 

1 1 

1 

1 

i ( 

I ; 

1 

1 1 1 

: : 

— 1 — — 1 — i 

l : 

‘ ! 

‘ 1 j 

”t  ; 

T| 

Ex 

f , , , i1 


2 3 

I i i i I 


4 5 6 

1.1  I I I 1 I I I 1 


t t t t t 


1 i t 


89 


Dividing  by  a Fraction 


[ Dividend  a whole  number ] 


A 

B 

4 H-f  = ? 

0 12  3 4 

1  1— — . — ! 1 1 L_J 1 i J L ! J 

4+i-f4.,2.2-6 

1.  The  entire  number  line  (box  A)  shows 

ones,  each  divided  into  equal  parts; 

that  is,  the  line  shows thirds  in  all. 

2.  When  we  mark  off  distances  of  § on  the 

number  line  in  box  A,  we  are  measuring  ^ 
by  §,  or  dividing  4 by 

3.  The  diagram  shows  that  § is  contained 

exactly times  in  4. 

4.  In  the  diagram  and  in  the  number  work 

(box  B),  the  dividend, , is  changed  to  an 

equal  fraction  with  the  fractional  unit  , 

so  that  both  dividend  and  divisor  will  have 
a denominator. 

Dividing  by  a Mixed  Number 

[ Dividend  a whole  number ] 

B 

A i 1 8 3 q 8 

4 h-  1J  = - + - = 8 -h  3,  or  or  2§ 

3.  In  box  A,  the  remainder,  2 halves,  is 
what  fractional  part  of  the  divisor,  3 halves? 


So  the  distance  remaining  is of  the 

distance  needed  to  measure  another  § . 

4.  In  box  B,  what  did  we  do  to  both  divi- 
dend and  divisor  before  we  divided? 


A 

4 4 1J  = ? 


1.  Box  A.  Why  is  each  1 divided  into  J’s? 


2.  After  1^  is  measured  twice  along  the 
line  in  box  A,  the  distance  remaining  is 
how  many  halves? 


5.  Box  B shows  that  in  ^ there  are  as  many 

groups  of  § as  there  are  2’s  in 

6.  To  divide  9 by  f,  you  first  change  the  9 

to  —j~.  Then  you  divide by 


7.  a.  Write  the  division  example  shown  by 
the  diagram  below:  -f- = 


b.  Now  do  the  division  with  figures. 


8.  Mark  this  line  to  show  4 ■— 


90 


Finding  Mistakes 


Many  of  these  answers  are  wrong.  Cross 
out  a wrong  answer  like  this:  X.  Then  divide 
correctly  and  check  (v)  the  correct  answer. 

1.  8 1 1 = ^ 1 1 = 72  | 4 = 18 


2.  6 - I =f  Hf  =6  -2  §3 


3.  4-|=¥-t=36-4=9 


4.  3 - 1|  = f - f = 3 # 3 = 1 


; 7 P 3 _ 7x3  _ 21  _ t? 

K I • 7 ~ J — rj  — J 


6.  2 -r-  ^ = 4 halves  1 half  = 4 


7 c . 2 _ 10  . 2 _ 10  _ ?1 

* • J • 3 — 2 ' 3 3 


8.  6+f=4^-=-f=42+3=14 


9.  15  + 3f  = ^ + = 60  + 15  = 4 


[ Dividing  whole  number  by  fraction  or  mixed  number ] 

10.  17  3J  = ^ + J = 34  + 7 = 4f 


11.  4-f=4x|=J#=f  = li 


12.  10  + | = ^8  + f = 60  + 5 = 12 


13.  10  = 1|  = ^ + ¥ = 80  = 15  = 51 


14.  6 f f = ¥ + f = 54  = 5 = 10f 


15.  14  + i = ^ | = 1!2  + 7*  17 


16.  5 +1J  = §+  §=  ¥=  2f 


17.  8 + 2§  = J-f  + f = 16  + 8 = 2 


18.  12  + § = 12  + 4=  3 


19.  6 + 2\  = ^ + | = 24  + 9 = 2§ 


20.  1 & i = f 


21.  14  + § = -^  + § = 98  + 5 = 19f 


91 


A lustukesi  ^rUcJzl  and 


ro 


All  these  puzzles  are  about  fractions.  Think 
carefully  and  do  not  let  them  fool  you. 

1.  A watermelon  weighs  j pound  more 
than  f of  its  weight  in  pounds.  How  many 
pounds  does  it  weigh? 


2.  If  1J  candies  cost  l-J^,  how  much  will 
14  doz.  cost? 


3.  If  a peach  weighs  J of  an  ounce  more 
than  a plum  that  weighs  | of  an  ounce,  how 
much  does  the  peach  weigh? 


4.  What  is  the  number  that  becomes  20  when 
multiplied  by  40? 


5.  A boat  was  floating  in  water  23  ft.  deep. 
The  water  came  4 of  the  way  up  the  side  of 
the  boat.  Then  the  tide  rose  2 feet.  How  far 
up  the  side  of  the  boat  did  the  water  come  then? 


6.  After  ^ of  a piece  of  cloth  was  cut  off, 
there  were  10  yd.  left  in  the  piece.  How  many 
yards  were  there  at  first? 


Dividing  by  a Fraction 

1.  a.  6g|  = ? At  the  foot  of  the  page, 
draw  a long  line  and  label  it  A.  Mark  line  A 
to  show  6 -i-  § . 

Helper.  You  are  working  with  fifths,  so 
the  line  should  show  6 X 5,  or  30,  equal  parts. 
You  will  have  room  enough  to  make  each  of 
these  parts  \ inch  long. 


b.6^=- 


2.  Ex.  1 shows  that,  to  divide  a whole  num- 
ber by  a fraction,  you  change  the 

number  to  a which  has 

the  same 

as  the  divisor.  Then , 

using  just  the  numerators. 


or  a Mixed  Number 

[ Dividend  a whole  number ] 

3.  a.  6 -r-  1^  = ? Below  line  A,  draw  an- 
other number  line  and  label  it  B.  Mark  line  B 
to  show  6^-1^. 

b.  6 -s-  1£  = -g  -j-  = — + — | — 

4.  Ex.  3 shows  that  in  dividing  a whole 
number  by  a mixed  number  you  first  change 

both  numbers  to  fractions. 

Then  you  work  just  as  you  do  in  dividing  a 
whole  number  by  a 

5.  To  divide  a whole  number  by  a fraction 
or  by  a mixed  number,  you  express  both  divi- 
dend and  divisor  as  fractions  with  the  same 


92 


In  the  examples  below,  use  either  a number  line  or  the  common- 
denominator  method,  whichever  you  like  better.  If  you  use  a number 
line,  be  sure  you  know  what  any  remainder  means. 


6.  3 t-  j?  = 

00 

•1- 

II 

7-7 4f  = 

15.  9 + 2J  = 

00 

■<1 

•1- 

►Ww 

II 

16.  12  h-  2f  = 

9.  5 # # = 

17.  3 h-|  = 

10.  6 h-  11  = 

18.  10  f = 

11.  5 +*  = 

19.  2 -s-  i = 

12.  15  h-  f = 

20.  6 h-  f = 

13.  10  + 3|  = 

21.  12  -f-f  = 

22.  To  check  a quotient,  you  can  multiply 

of  3,  the  divisor,  and  2,  the  , 

the  _ _ and  the 

equals  the  dividend,  _ 

to  see  if  the  product  equals  the  _ 

Check  in  this  way  the  quotients  you  found 

Helper.  Think  of  6 + 3 = 2.  The  product 

for  Ex.  6-21.  Work  below  the  examples. 

93 

Ratios 


1.  This  picture  shows  the  fish  that  won  Bill 
the  prize  in  the  fishing  contest. 

a.  The  scale  J means  that  1"  on  the  draw- 
ing represents " on  the  fish. 

b.  The  drawing  is " long. 

c.  Bill’s  fish  was " long. 

2.  The  scale  also  means  that  the  drawing 

is as  long  as  the  fish;  or,  to  put  it  the 

other  way,  the  fish  was  times  as  long 

as  the  drawing.  The  scale  in  a scale  drawing 
shows  a relationship,  or  ratio. 

3.  The  biggest  fish  caught  were: 

Bill’s,  16";  Tom’s,  12";  Ed’s,  8" 

Draw  lines  to  the  scale  J to  represent  the 
boys’  fish. 

0 1 2 

Bill’s: 

Tom’s: 

Ed’s: 

4.  Compare  Bill’s  and  Tom’s  catches: 

a.  Bill’s  fish  was times  as  long  as 

Tom’s;  b.  Tom’s  was as  long  as  Bill’s. 

5.  Compare  Tom’s  and  Ed’s  catches: 

a.  Tom’s  fish  was  times  as  long  as 

Ed’s  fish;  b.  Ed’s  fish  was  as  long  as 

Tom’s  fish. 

94 


6.  Use  ratios  to  compare  Bill’s  fish  with 
Ed’s  fish  in  two  ways. 


7.  Sally  said,  “I  got  8 answers  right  on  a 
test  of  10  questions.” 

Write  these  ratios  in  best  form. 

a.  Ratio  of  right  answers  to  total: 

b.  Ratio  of  right  answers  to  wrong: 

c.  Ratio  of  wrong  answers  to  total: 

d.  Ratio  of  wrong  answers  to  right: 

8.  Now  use  these  ratios  in  sentences.  Label 
each  sentence  with  the  letter  of  the  ratio  that 
you  used  from  Ex.  7. 

( ) Sally  got of  the  answers  right. 

( ) She  got of  the  answers  wrong. 

( ) Her  answers  were  right times  as 

often  as  they  were  wrong. 

( ) She  got  wrong  answers as  many 

times  as  she  got  right  answers. 

9.  Did  Sally  miss  2 questions? 

Why  isn’t  2 a ratio  here? 


10.  Tom’s  father  is  40  years  old,  and  Tom 
is  12  years  old. 

a.  Tom’s  father  is  times  as  old  as 

Tom. 

b.  Tom  is as  old  as  his  father. 


What  Does  the  Quotient  Mean? 

[How  many  times ? What  part  off] 

1.  When  we  compared  Bill’s  16-inch  fish  and  Ed’s  8-inch 
fish,  we  found  that 

a.  Bill’s  fish  was  -1*  or  times,  as  long  as  Ed’s. 

b.  Ed’s  fish  was  y8g-,  or 5 as  long  as  Bill’s. 

2.  15  — 5 = This  means  that  15  is times  5. 

3.  5 -h  15  = This  means  that  5 is of  15. 

4.  4 - § = — - 1 = = The  quo- 
tient means  that  4 is  times  §. 

5.  4 1 24  = 

The  quotient  means  that  4 is times  2\. 

6.  4 - 6§  = 

; The  quotient  means  that  4 is of  6§. 


Numkesi  <1>UcJzl 
astd  PuffileA 

1.  If  6 cats  can  eat  6 rats 
in  6 minutes,  how  many  cats 
will  it  take  to  eat  100  rats 
in  100  minutes  at  the  same 
rate? 


2.  Joe  had  5 sandwiches 
and  Ted  had  3.  Sam  offered 
to  pay  40^  if  he  could  share 
their  lunch.  If  they  all  ate 
the  same  amount,  and  ate  all 
the  sandwiches,  how  should 
the  40 ^ be  divided  between 
Joe  and  Ted? 

■ 

Joe, Ted, £ 


You  can  tell  whether  the  quotient  will  be  a how-many- 
times  number  or  a what-part-of  number  if  you  notice 
whether  the  dividend  is  larger  or  smaller  than  the  divisor. 

Complete  Ex.  7 and  8 by  inserting  either  “larger”  or 
“smaller.”  Use  Ex.  1-6  to  help  you. 


7.  The  quotient  is  a how-many-times  number  (that  is,  a 

number than  1)  when  the  dividend 

is than  the  divisor. 

8.  The  quotient  is  a what-part-of  number  (that  is,  a num- 
ber   than  1)  when  the  dividend 

is than  the  divisor. 


Without  dividing  in  rows  9-13,  copy  each  example  in  the 
box  at  the  right  to  show  what  its  quotient  will  mean. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

9. 

25-5 

3-2 

12-| 

23-6 

10. 

7-28 

8-9 

9-27 

2 — 3y 

n. 

3 — T 

14  15. 

A4:  ' 16 

8-3 

15  -20 

12. 

10  -6i 

7 1 1\ 

14-2* 

19  -4 

13. 

1 . 7 

2 • 8 

39  - 13 

10  - 16 

15-8 

In  Rows  9-13  the  Quotient  Tells 

How  What 

Many  Times  Part  of 


95 


Dividing  a Fraction  by  a Whole  Number 

[ Inverting  the  divisor ] 


A 

Show  f -5-  2 by  a diagram. 

(»i  r iiii  r~ r~i 

(2)i  til  i i'.-i.:T~n:'rrm"n 

<»rm  i i i mim  rrm 

j 

Complete  these  statements  about  box  A: 

1.  Bar  (1)  shows  5 colored. 

2.  Bar  (2)  shows  each  divided  into 

2 parts,  so  each  \ of  J-  is of  1. 

3.  Bar  (3)  shows  that  J of  f = , 

because  


4.  Is  the  quotient  of  f -a  2 greater  or  less 

than  1? How  could  you 

know  this  without  dividing? 


5.  When  you  divide  any  proper  fraction  by 
a whole  number,  the  quotient  will  always  be 
than  1. 

Now  look  at  box  B. 

6.  Notice  that  the  divisor, , can  be  writ- 

ten as  the  improper  fraction  f.  If  f-  is  inverted 
(that  is,  if  numerator  and  denominator  change 
places),  it  becomes 

7.  To  divide  f by  2,  you  can  find  \ of  f. 


B 

Divide  f by  2. 

Think:  f - 2 = J of  f 

i of  f = i X f,  or  f X i 
Solution:  f -5-  f = f X j = A | 

8.  Check  the  quotient  of  f -a  2 by  mul- 
tiplying the  divisor  and  the 

to  see  if  you  get  the 

X = ,or 

To  divide  a fraction  by  a whole  num- 
ber, write  the  whole-number  divisor  as 
a fraction,  invert  it,  and  multiply. 

Divide.  Cancel  when  you  can. 

9.  fJlr9  = 

10.  i s-  6 = 

11.  f -5-4  = 

12.  & -5-6  = 

13.  f -5-  8 I 

14.  | - 4 = 

15.  f - 2 = 

16.  § -3  = 

17.  | - 10  = 

18.  | - 4 = 

19.  A - 6 = 


2 X 8)  0r  8 X 

96 


Dividing  a Mixed  Number  by  a Whole  Number 


1.  In  box  A,  the  dividend  is  . and 


the  divisor  is  . Will  the  quotient  be 

a how-many-times  number  or  a what-part-of 

number? 

Why? 

2.  In  box  A,  where  does  the  § come  from? 


. Finish  the  work  in  box  A. 


[ Quotient : how  many  times;  what  part  of  ] 

8.  Five  boys  wanted  to  divide  4f  pounds 
of  nuts  into  equal  shares.  Find  each  boy’s 
share. 

a.  In  this  example,  we  are  dividing  4§  lb. 

into  equal  parts.  That  is,  we  are  finding 

how  many  there  are  in  each  f of 

b.  Write  and  work  the  division  example  in 
the  space  below. 


Divide  in  Ex.  9-16.  Use  cancellation  when 
you  can. 

9.  2\  -s-  3 = 


10.  1*  -s-  4 = 


3.  The  answer  in  box  A shows  that  If  is 
what  part  of  6? 

11.  5J  -r-  4 = 

12.  6f  9 = 


4.  In  box  B,  the  quotient  will  be  a - 

- number  because  the 


dividend  is than  the  divisor. 

5.  Finish  the  work  in  box  B. 

6.  Box  B shows  that  3f  is times  2. 


7.  To  divide  a mixed  number  by  a whole 
number,  you  first  change  the  mixed  number 

to  an  fraction.  Then 

you  work  just  as  you  do  when  you  divide  a 
by  a number. 


13.  3§  - 4 = 

14.  3f  - 8 = 

15.  3f  - 3 = 

16.  2f  -s-  3 = 


97 


Alice  in  Wonderland 


In  a TV  production  of  the  story  of  Alice  in 
Wonderland , Alice  had  to  appear  very  tall  after 
she  ate  the  cake,  and  very  short  when  she  held 
the  White  Rabbit’s  glove. 

Since  the  audience  would  judge  Alice’s  height 
by  the  ratio  of  her  height  to  the  height  of  the 
furniture,  the  effect  was  accomplished  by  using 
special  furniture. 

1.  The  actress  who  played  “ Alice”  was  5 ft. 
tall.  Was  she  twice  as  tall  as  an  ordinary  table, 
2\  ft.  high? 


2.  In  order  to  make  “Alice”  appear  very 
tall,  would  the  special  table  have  to  be  higher 
or  lower  than  an  ordinary  table? 


3.  When  the  special  table  was  10  ft.  high, 

“Alice”  was  still  5 ft.  tall.  She  was  only 

as  high  as  the  table.  Since  the  table  appeared 
to  be  an  ordinary  table,  2\  ft.  high,  how  tall 
did  Alice  then  seem  to  be  in  the  picture? 


[ Problems  with  fractions ] 

Work  the  following  problems  and  write  the 
answers  on  the  lines: 

4.  The  Mock  Turtle’s  dance  took  only 
2\  min.  on  the  TV  screen,  but  the  actors 
spent  3 hr.  rehearsing  it.  The  rehearsal  time 
was  how  many  times  as  long  as  the  screen 
time? 


5.  During  the  90-minute  TV  production, 
there  were  4 commercials,  each  of  which  lasted 
If  min.  The  time  used  for  commercials  was 
what  part  of  the  total  time? 


6.  Joan  and  three  friends  watched  Alice  in 
Wonderland  together.  While  they  watched  the 
program,  they  ate  f of  a 6-ounce  package  of 
nuts.  How  many  ounces  was  that? 


7.  For  supper,  after  the  TV  program,  Joan 
made  cocoa  with  evaporated  milk.  She  used 
If  c.  of  evaporated  milk  and  added  f that 
much  water.  How  many  tablespoonfuls  of  water 
did  Joan  use?  (1  cup  =16  tablespoons) 


When  Alice  grew  to  be  9 ft.  tall  after  eating 
the  cake,  she  became  confused  about  arith- 
metic. You  don’t  need  to  be  confused  about 
solving  problems  if  you  remember  what  you 
have  learned  about  fractions. 


8.  During  a game,  Joan  asked,  “If  f mile 
is  marked  off  into  6 equal  distances,  each  dis- 
tance is  what  part  of  a mile?”  What  is  the 
correct  answer? 


98 


Dividing  a Fraction  by  a Fraction 


You  can  divide  a fraction  by  a fraction  by 
using  the  common-denominator  method.  To  do 
this,  you  change  the  fractions  so  that  they  have 
a common  fractional  unit;  then  you  divide  the 
numerator  of  the  dividend  by  the  numerator  of 
the  divisor. 

Finish  Ex.  1-4. 


9_  3 _ 9_  ^ 

16  ' 8 ~ 16  1 16 


[' Quotients  more  than  1 and  less  than  1~\ 

7.  Ex.  b in  the  box  means  that  § is  § as 

large  as  . Why  is  the  quotient  a what- 

part-of  number?  

Work  Ex.  8 and  9 by  inverting  the  divisor 
and  multiplying. 

« _9 i_  3.  _ 

°*  16  * 8 — 


3. 


2 3 

3 * 4 _ 12 


12 


4. 


1 ^ 1 = 

6 ' 8 24 


l _ 
8 — 


5.  To  divide  a fraction  by  a fraction,  you 
can  divide  using  just  the  numerators  only  when 


10.  Compare  Ex.  8 and  9 with  Ex.  2 and 
4.  Which  method  of  solution  seems  easier? 


the  fractions  have  the  same 


In  dividing  a fraction  by  a fraction,  you  can 
ialways  change  both  dividend  and  divisor  to 
fractions  with  a common  denominator;  but  it 
is  usually  quicker  and  easier  to  divide  by  in- 
verting the  divisor  and  multiplying,  as  you 
have  done  in  dividing  a fraction  by  a whole 
number. 

The  box  shows  Ex.  1 and  3 worked  by  the 
inversion  method. 


6.  Ex.  a means  that  f is  times , 


In  Ex.  11-16,  use  the  method  that  seems 
easier.  Be  sure  to  give  your  answers  in  best 
form. 


12. 


5_ 

6 


7 _ 

12  — 


13. 


l. 

3 


1.  _ 

2 — 


1 _ 

6 — 


or  that  there  are  one  thirds  in  

The  quotient,  2J,  is  a how-many-times  number 

because  the  dividend, , is 

than  the  divisor, 


15. 


8 2 _ 
9 *3 


16. 


7 

12 


3.  _ 
8 — 


99 


Dividing  by  a Mixed  Number 

[ Dividend  a fraction  or  a mixed  number ] 


A 

B 

c 

5 . <2  _ 5 .20 

6 * u3  ~ 6 • 3 

4i  ^ 52  _ 9 2,7 

^2  • J5  — 2 * 5 

. -2  3 _ 20.  . 15 

U3  • ~ 3 ~ 4 

1 1 

1 

4 

$ v 2 i 

0 v 5 5 

2€T  4 16 

If  X20  8 

2 6 

3 X 15  9 

2 4 

3 

3 

You  know  how  to  divide  by  a fraction.  Be- 
cause any  mixed  number  can  be  changed  to 
an  improper  fraction,  you  also  know  how  to 
divide  by  a mixed  number. 

1.  In  box  A,  the  dividend,  f,  is  a fraction; 

the  divisor  is  a number; 

the  quotient  is  a proper , that  is, 

a number than  1. 

2.  The  quotient  in  box  A shows  that  f is 

of  6§.  Why  is  the  quotient  of  a proper 

fraction  divided  by  a mixed  number  always 
less  than  1? 


7.  * - 3^  = 

8.  1*  3§-  - 

Q 3§i_  11.  _ 

4 • i4  — 

10.  3f  -s-  2\  = 

11.  1*  - 3§  = 

12.  | -s-  If  = 

13.  2f  = 

14.  If  - 2f  = 


3.  In  which  of  boxes  B and  C is  the  quo- 
tient a how-many-times  number? 

Why?  


15.  f -r-  2^0  = 

16.  3f  - 4f  = 

17.  2\-r  2\  = 


4.  Do  boxes  A,  B,  and  C show  the  common- 
denominator  method  of  dividing  fractions  or 
the  inversion  method? 


18.  f -r  If  = 

19.  7f  - 9f  = 


Divide  in  Ex.  5-22.  Cancel  when  you  can. 

_9 •_  — 

10  • A3  — 


20.  3f  + 4$  = 

21.  To  + If  = 


6.  3§  4-  lOf  = 

700 


22.  7^-  4-  12£  = 


cDj-q 


Division  with  Fractions 


1.  Judy  and  Carol  are  making  fruit  punch 
■or  a party.  The  recipe  calls  for  1 J tbsp.  of 
Dunch  mix  to  each  glass  of  ice  water.  How 
nany  glasses  of  punch  can  they  make  from  a 
Dottle  of  mix  containing  24  tablespoonfuls? 

Helper.  To  find  the  answer,  you  divide 

___  by  First  you  change  1^  to 

;he  improper  fraction 

Write  and  work  the  example  in  the  space 
uelow. 


They  can  make glasses  of  punch. 

Divide.  Cancel  when  you  can.  Show  all  your  work. 


2. 

16 

. 1 _ 

• 8 — 

13. 

2 - 

- — 
Z2  ~ 

3. 

12 

x3 

-5  = 

14. 

5i 

_i_  2.  — 

* 3 — 

4. 

20 

. 4 
• 5 

15. 

1 . 

2 • 

-li  = 

5. 

12 

•4.1  - 

16. 

Ol 

Z2 

-5- 10  = 

6. 

3i 

. 1 _ 

• 10  — 

17. 

3 . 

8 • 

-6  = 

7. 

2 . 
3 * 

4 _ 

' 5 — 

18. 

4 . 

5 • 

2 _ 

' 3 — 

B. 

+ = 

19. 

05 

Z8 

13  _ 

. 14  — 

9. 

8§  - 

-4  = 

20. 

00 

Wit-1 

. 5 _ 

* 6 — 

LO. 

5 . 

6 * 

5 _ 

9 ~ 

21. 

6 - 

2 

" 3 — 

LI. 

1 

9 ! 

-8  = 

22. 

7 

12 

.A.  05  _ 

. z8  — 

b. 

3 . 

4 • 

1 _ 

2 — 

23. 

->3 

-5  = 

101 


Relationships  in  M.  and  D. 


Study  these  relationships: 

(1)  Factor  X factor  = product 

V — ^2  X*3  = 6^ 

(2)  Product  — one  factor  = other  factor 

6^2=3 

6-3=2 


For  the  division  6 — 3 =2: 

(3)  Quotient  X divisor  = dividend 

V >2  X*3  = 6* 1 

(4)  Dividend  — divisor  = quotient 

6-3=2 

(5)  Dividend  — quotient  = divisor 

6-2=3 


1.  From  statement  (2)  in  box  A,  you  see 
that  we  can  find  either  of  two  factors  of  a 

product  by  dividing  the by 

the that  we  know. 

2.  From  (3)  you  see  that  the  quotient  and 

the  divisor  are  both of  the 

dividend. 

3.  From  (4)  and  (5)  you  see  that  if  we 
divide  the  dividend  by  the  divisor,  we  get 


[ Finding  n,  the  missing  number ] 


B 


Find  n when 

a.  n is  the  product  of  two  factors. 


9Xf=n;n=9X§. 


n = 


b.  n is  one  of  two  factors  of  a product. 


c.  n is  the  dividend. 


d.  n is  the  quotient. 


e.  n is  the  divisor. 


-9. 

n 

. 2 

• 3- 

n 

xf. 

n 

. 2 
• 3* 

n 

-9. 

n 

the ; and  if  we  divide  the  divi- 
dend by  the  quotient,  we  get  the 

In  each  case,  we  are  dividing  the  dividend 

by  one  of  its to  get  the 

other 

The  relationships  given  in  box  A are  always 
true.  It  does  not  matter  whether  the  factors 
and  the  product  are  whole  numbers,  fractions, 
or  mixed  numbers. 

4.  Finish  the  examples  in  box  B. 


Find  n in  Ex.  5-12.  Show  all  your  work. 


5.  3 X i = n;  n = 

6.  n = \ X 6;  n = 

7.  5 = n — 3;  n = 

8.  10  — n = 2;  n = 

102 


9.  X n = 10;  n = 

10.  n X li  = 4J;  n = 

11.  i = n - 3;  n = 

12.  | X n = 15;  n = 


Solving  Problems 


Sometimes,  when  you  must  solve  a prob- 
lem, it  is  hard  to  decide  whether  you  are  to 
find  a missing  product  or  a missing  factor. 

Here  is  a way  that  may  help  you: 

a.  Let  n stand  for  what  you  must  find. 

b.  Use  n and  the  numbers  given  in  the 
problem  to  write  in  arithmetic  language  exactly 
what  the  problem  tells  you. 

c.  Think  what  to  do  to  find  n. 

d.  Find  n. 

This  method  of  statements  with  n is  used  in 
the  chart  below  to  help  you  solve  problems  1-7. 
Complete  the  solutions. 

1.  Mr.  Ames  drove  240  mi.  in  6 hr.  How 
many  miles  did  he  average  per  hour? 


2.  Edna  used  2 yd.  of  ribbon  from  a piece. 
This  was  \ of  the  ribbon  in  the  piece.  How 
much  ribbon  had  there  been? 

3.  After  the  Maxwells  had  driven  150  mi.. 
Dad  said,  “Well,  we’ve  gone  f of  the  way.” 
How  far  were  they  going  on  the  trip? 

4.  How  many  feet  are  there  in  17  yd.? 

5.  Sue  took  12  of  her  42  snapshots  at  the 
beach.  What  part  did  she  take  at  the  beach? 

6.  When  Esther  divided  her  books  into  4 piles, 
there  were  3 books  in  each  pile.  How  many 
books  did  she  have  in  all? 

7.  Mother  said,  “You  boys  may  have  \ of 
the  cookies  in  the  jar.”  If  the  boys  took  16, 
how  many  cookies  had  been  in  the  jar? 


, jj ■ — — — — — - 

Let  n stand  for 

The  problem  says 

To  find  n 

” — ■ — - — , 1 

n = ? 

1.  Average  number  of 
miles  per  hour. 

1 

6 X n = 240 

Divide 

n = 240  -T-  6 = 

II 

2.  Number  of  yards  in 
the  piece. 

n = 2 

n =2  4- 1 = 

3.  Number  of  miles  in 
the  trip. 

| X n = 150 

n = 

4.  Number  of  feet  in 

17  yd. 

n = 

5.  Part  taken  at  the 
beach. 

n X 42  = 12 

Divide 

n = 

6.  Number  of  books  in 
all. 

n = 

7.  Number  of  cookies 
in  the  jar. 

n = 

703 

Finding  II,  the  Missing  Number 


Suppose  you  have  this  problem. 

After  Ed  spent  30^  he  had  45  £ left.  How 
much  money  did  he  have  at  first? 

If  you  let  n stand  for  the  money  he  had  at 
first,  you  can  write: 

n — 30^  = 45^ 

Then  you  can  find  n by  adding. 


[A.,  S.,  M.,  D.] 

Or,  of  course,  you  might  state  the  problem 
this  way: 

n = 30^  + 45^, 

which  makes  it  even  easier  to  find  n. 

If  you  can  easily  find  n,  the  missing  num- 
ber, in  statements  like  these,  you  can  solve 
many  problems  by  the  method  on  page  103. 


Find  n,  the  missing  number. 

Show  all  the  steps  you  take. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

1.  n + 6 = 14 

5 = n + 2 

4 =n  X| 

n -4 

= 9 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

2.  t + n = i 

_JL_  n — i 

10  11  — 2 

| =3  -n 

n +f 

- 1^ 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

3.  7 - n = 2 

12  = 16  - n 

i = n -r-  6 

n v4 

= 3 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

4.  10  - n = 5 

4 = 8 A-n 

9 'In  = J 

4 = n 

-2 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

5.  2\  = n + \ 

i X n = 5 

8 + n = 10 

10  = n 

L +4 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

6.  n — f = 1 

nX5  =15 

li  = i + n 

n + 3 

- 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

7.  20  = 4 X n 

i - n - 2\ 

n -i  =8 

nXf 

= 6 

n = 

n = 

n = 

n = 

104 


Line  Graphs 


1.  Graph  A shows  how  Jim’s  puppy  increased  in  weight 

during  his  first  6 

2.  The  horizontal  scale  shows  the , 

and  the  vertical  scale  shows  the 

3.  The  weight  scale  shows  that  1 small  space  is  equal  to 
oz. 

4.  To  read  the  graph,  follow  the  arrows. 


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 

Months 

How  Jim’s  Puppy  Grew 


a.  When  the  puppy  was  born,  he  weighed oz. 

b.  At  3 mo.  the  puppy’s  weight  was 

c.  The  puppy  gained  more  weight  between  mo.  and 
mo.  than  during  any  other  month. 


5.  Complete  table  B below  the  graph. 

6.  Could  you  show  the  puppy’s  weight  by  a bar  graph? 

Explain  how. 


Age 

Weight 

At  birth 

10  oz. 

1 mo. 

2 mo. 

3 mo. 

4 mo. 

5 mo. 

6 mo. 

Graph  C shows,  to  the  nearest  5 feet,  the  number  of  feet  a 
car  travels  after  the  brakes  are  applied. 

7.  The  numbers  on  the  horizontal  scale  show  speeds  in 

per 

8.  On  the  vertical  scale,  one  of  the  small  spaces  stands  for 
ft. 


9.  The  graph  shows  that  at  20  mi.  per  hour  a car  travels 
ft.  before  stopping.  Complete  the  table  below. 


Speed  in  miles  per  hour 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

Feet  car  travels 

0 10  20  30  40  50  60 


Miles  per  hour 


Stopping  Distance 
for  Car  after 

Brakes  Have  Been  Applied 

105 


Drawing 

As  you  have  found,  it  is  easy  to  read  a bar 
graph  or  a line  graph.  Sometimes,  however, 
it  takes  a bit  of  figuring  to  decide  what  scale 
to  use  in  drawing  a graph. 

If  you  have  small  numbers  to  show  on  a 
graph,  you  can  let  1 small  space  on  the  num- 
ber scale  stand  for  1 unit.  If  the  numbers 
are  large,  it  is  usually  better  to  round  them 
first  and  to  let  1 small  space  stand  for  more 
than  1 unit. 

To  decide  on  the  scale,  look  at  the  smallest 
number  and  the  largest  number  in  the  group 
of  numbers  to  be  graphed. 

In  figuring  the  following,  suppose  that  you 
will  use  the  graph  paper  below: 

1.  On  this  graph  paper  there  are di- 

visions to  the  inch. 

2.  If  the  smallest  number  to  be  shown  on 
a line  graph  is  2 ft.  and  the  largest  is  20  ft., 
you  might  let  1 small  space  = 1 ft.  Then  the 
highest  point  on  the  graph  would  be  how  many 
spaces  high? 


3.  In  Ex.  2,  if  you  let  1 space  = 2 ft.,  then 

the  point  for  20  ft.  would  be  spaces  high. 

A point  representing  11  ft.  would  be  


706 


Line  Graphs 

4.  If  you  want  to  graph  numbers  of  which 
the  smallest  is  3,208  ft.  and  the  largest  is 
17,849  ft.,  you  had  better  round  the  numbers 
to  the  nearest 

5.  If  you  round  3,208  and  17,849  to  thou- 
sands, you  get thousand  and  thou- 

sand for  your  lowest  and  highest  points. 

6.  Then  if  you  let  1 small  space  = 1 thousand 
feet,  the  highest  point  on  your  graph  (for 

17,849,  rounded  to thousand)  will  be 

spaces  high. 

On  the  graph  paper  below,  draw  line  graphs 
to  show  the  facts  in  these  tables: 

7.  Pete  sold  these  papers  last  week: 


Mon. 

Tues. 

Wed. 

Thurs. 

Fri. 

Sat. 

20 

30 

25 

35 

50 

40 

8.  The  Charity  Fund  grew  as  follows: 


At  end  of  — * 

1 wk. 

2 wk. 

3 wk. 

4 wk. 

Total  — y 

$1,619 

$2,760 

$4,842 

$5,716 

o 

A Review  of  Fractions 


Do  what  the  signs  tell  you  to  do. 


a b c d e 


!•  Te 

24 

00 

4^  1 •— * 

4I 

t'-  1 OO 

<N 

+ 

+ io| 

+ 9f 

+ 5l 

+ 2| 

2.  10| 

24§ 

4 

4 

7\ 

1 

CO 

o 1 ^ 

-8 9 10I 

-4 

-4 

— 2- 
z4 

a 

b 

c 

3.  f X 45  X|  X| 

= 

ft  x f X f X 20  := 

6 X j X | 

Xf  = 

4.  § + 6 = 

14  + If  - 

3 ^ 11  _ 
7*a2  — 

5.  24"*  | = 

8 +t  = 

^3  ^ 17  _ 
->4  . 18  — 

For  each  problem  tell  whether  you  will  add,  subtract,  multiply,  or 
divide.  Then  solve,  and  draw  a ring  around  the  answer. 

6.  Ava  spent  § hr.  making  apricot  sauce.  After  soaking  the  Space  for  Work 

dried  apricots,  she  simmered  them  for  ^hr.  How  long  did 

she  soak  them? 

A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  

7.  The  comic  strips  in  a newspaper  just  fit  across  4 columns 
of  newsprint.  If  these  comic  strips  are  1\  in.  wide,  how  wide 
is  a column  of  newsprint? 

A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  

8.  A square  skillet,  10J  in.  on  a side,  has  a 4|-inch  handle 
on  one  side.  How  long  is  the  skillet  including  the  handle? 

A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  

9.  A strong  paste  for  mending  books  can  be  made  by  mixing 
1 tsp.  flour,  2 tsp.  cornstarch,  and  \ tsp.  powdered  alum,  add- 
ing 3 oz.  water,  and  cooking  in  a double  boiler  until  thick. 

[Find  a.  the  ratio  of  flour  to  cornstarch;  b.  the  ratio  of  alum 
to  cornstarch. 

A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  


707 


wi>—  kni w iw 


Testing  What  You  Have  Learned 

Add,  subtract, 

multiply,  or  divide, 

as  the  signs  tell  you. 

[Cumulative  Review] 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

1.  $23.06 
+ 15.98 

5 ft.  8 in. 

+ 2 ft.  6 in. 

3 lb.  9 oz. 

+ 4 lb.  8 oz. 

4,9  12 
+ 2 6,397 

395,428 
+ 872,906 

2.  $85.98 
-27.50 

70,6  52 
- 9,084 

$130.75 

-22.15 

6 lb.  3 oz. 

— 5 lb.  9 oz. 

8 ft.  9 in. 
— 4 ft.  10  in. 

3.  3,2  16 

X 4 5 

$6.75 

X 3 2 

4 ft.  3 in. 

X 5 

3 qt.  1 pt. 

X 2 

X 2 

Write  any  remainder  in  a fraction  in  best  form. 

4.  72)4 ,116 

48)1 ,830 

4)5  yd.  1 ft. 

2)3  hr.  2 0 min. 

6)$  1 0 . 4 4 

5.  Round  as  directed:  a.  1,784  b.  32,465 

To  the  nearest  thousand  

To  the  nearest  hundred  

To  the  nearest  ten  

6.  From  6f,  f,  and  9,  choose  an  example  of  a 

a.  Mixed  number e.  Denominator 

b.  Numerator f.  Dividend 

c.  Divisor g.  Fractional  unit 

d.  Proper  fraction h.  Improper  fraction 


Give  the  smallest  common  de- 
nominator for 

7.  J’s  and  J’s.  

8.  i’s  and  ^’s.  

Find  the  ratio  of 

9.  3 to  9.  

10.  8 to  2.  

11.  4 ft.  to  5 ft.  

12.  6 in.  to  1 ft.  


Write  in  figures  the  numbers  in  Ex.  13-15. 

13.  Six  hundred  fifty- two  thousand  four  hundred  thirty-five  

708 


14.  Two  billion  nine  hundred  sixty  thousand  four  hundred  fifty 

15.  Three  million  six  hundred  thousand  


16.  Round  to  the  nearest  whole  number, 

a.  15J b.  33J c.4*_. 

17.  Change 

a.  § to  sixths. 

b.  3f  to  an  improper  fraction.  

c.  to  best  form. 

d.  xf  to  lowest  terms. 

18.  In  a picture  of  a dog  to  the  scale 

the  dog’s  tail  is  drawn  J inch  long.  How  long 
is  the  real  dog’s  tail? 


19.  Joe  weighs  120  lb.  His  father  weighs 
160  lb. 

a.  Joe’s  weight  is  what  fractional  part  of 
his  father’s? 

b.  Joe’s  father  is  how  many  times  as  heavy 
as  Joe? 

Divide.  Use  cancellation  when  you  can. 

20.  If  - 6 = 

21.  3J  - 5 = 


22.  4f  -r-  7 = 


23.  8§  - 4 = 


24.  9f  - 8 = 


Divide.  Give  answers  in  best  form. 
9 - 5 5 _ 

6 • 9 — 


28.  * -5- 1 = 


29.  4J  - 1*  = 


30.  2f  T If  = 


Find  answers  for  problems  31-34. 

31.  Sara  paid  16^  to  mail  a parcel.  The 
postage  rate  was  10^  for  the  first  pound  and 
1J^  for  each  additional  pound.  How  much 
did  the  parcel  weigh? 


32.  Doris  put  9 books,  each  Jin.  thick,  to- 
gether on  the  library  shelf.  How  much  shelf 
space  did  they  take? 


33.  Sue  said,  “My  father  is  2f  times  as  old 
as  I am.”  Sue  is  12  yr.  old.  How  old  is  Sue’s 
father? 


34.  Ralph  has  used  13  pages  of  his  album  to 
mount  234  stamps.  Find  the  average  number  of 
stamps  to  a page. 


109 


New  Marathon 

Record  Weather  p '“T 


HIGH  MILEAGE  SHOWN  j-^Ulk  P 


NEW  YOR&^April  2 
tough  course^6.8jni.  lo/breaJc 
Enright  brok&-atr  recor,  _ 
in  this  annual  marathon  evcm.. 
The  course  is  longer  than  the 


hn 


■Weat'1-7o%"frer,Sdar 


B 


3.6  jmi. 


Roller  Skating  Races  iCes  Up 


NEWTOWN,  MO.,  April  21—  hnPril  2l 

P KpoL  f > T • f*UV~ 


The  best  time  in  this  ye^-«-*miior 
Championship  races  wafi56  5)sec 
the  record  of  Ted  Abram  ^ 


i . iAwtuiuo,  ex  incur 

|ber  of  the  Pierce  School  in  this 


Tnem-  ln  Price 


Understanding 

Miss  Bryan’s  pupils  looked  for  decimals  in 
the  newspaper.  They  found  the  items  above. 

1.  All  the  decimal  fractions  in  these  clip- 
pings are They  have 

the  same  fractional  unit, 

2.  Write  the  ringed  numbers  in  these  clip- 
pings with  common  fractions. 

a.  26.8  = b.  2.7  = 


Decimal  Fractions 

c.  3.6  p d.  56.5  = 

e.  0.7  = 

3.  In  0.7,  the  0 means 

4.  The  mixed  decimal  3.6  is  the  sum  of 
the  whole  number  ___  and  the  decimal  fraction 

Written  with  a common  fraction,  3.6  is 

, or  in  best  form 


• 1.2 

I 

I i i "i  i ] i i r i y i r i i t "i  r 

0 0.5  1.0  1.5 

5.  Mark  with  an  arrow  and 
number  line  above: 

a.  1.6  b.  0.3  c.  fo  d.  1.9 

6.  Complete  the  table  below  to  show  count- 
ing by  tenths  from  3.0  to  4.0 

3.0,  or  3 

3.1,  or  3yo 

3.2,  or  3j%,  or  3^ 


i ~i — | — | — i — | — j — | — i — i i i — [■ — i — i — r — r — | — 

2.0  2.5  3.0  3.5 

label  the  following  points  on  the 

e.  2.4  f.  3.1  g.  2*  h.  3.4 

Match  the  decimals  below  to  Ex.  7-16. 

1.1  0.8  101.2  8.0  4.2 

20.4  2.4  0.2  100.1  10.1 

7.  One  and  one  tenth 

8.  Four  and  two  tenths 

9.  Eight  tenths 

10.  Twenty  and  four  tenths 

11.  Ten  and  one  tenth 

12.  Eight 

13.  One  hundred  and  one  tenth 

14.  Twenty-four  tenths 

15.  One  hundred  one  and  two  tenths 


4.0,  or 

770 


16.  Two  tenths 


■gjjM 

|lip*ar  Mflfc 

w.  i W ^ 

High  Tide,  Low  Tide,  and  Decimals 


1.  One  day  in  April  at  San  Diego,  Cali- 
fornia, the  height  of  high  tide  was  3.8  ft. 
The  height  of  high  tide  „ 
at  Boston,  Massachusetts,  A B 1 

was  5.9  ft.  more  than  this,  3^  3.8 

or  ?_  ft.  + 5tq  + 3.9 

Boxes  A and  B show  — 9.7 

two  ways  of  adding.  In  9^ 

adding  decimals,  carry  1 

just  as  you  do  in  adding  whole  numbers. 

The  height  of  high  tide  at  Boston  that  day 

was ft.  Is  the  work  in  box  A a check 

for  the  work  in  box  B? 


[A.  and  S.  of  tenths ] 

2.  In  a drawbridge  across  a small  tidal 
river,  the  draw  rises  36.2  ft.  above  aver- 
age low  tide  and 
27.6  ft.  above  aver- 
age high  tide.  Find 
the  difference  be- 
tween high  and  low 
tides. 


Boxes  C and  D show  the  work.  In  box  D, 
do  we  borrow  just  as  we  do  in  subtracting 
whole  numbers? The  differ- 
ence is ft. 


— — — 

A 

B , ! 

J10 

3.8 

+ 5yo 

+ 5.9 

017 
°10  ~ 

9.7 

| 9* 

c 

36*  = 35f§ 
-27*  =27* 

D 

m 

-27.6 

8* 

8.6 

Add  or  subtract.  Try  to  think  the  carrying  and  borrowing. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

3.  6 . 4 

I +6.3 

4.2 
+ 1.7 

5.5 
+ 0.9 

2.3 

+ 10.0 

97.3 
+ 3.4 

4.  8.5 

-6.2 

9.0 

-3.5 

2.6 

-0.7 

69.1 

-55.8 

43.7 

-36.4 

5.  6.8 

+ 2.5 

1 . 6 
-0.8 

6.3 

-3.7 

18.7 
+ 35.4 

55.2 

-35.3 

6.  4.9 

+ 8.3 

8.4 

-7.8 

7.7 
+ 8.9 

97.6 
+ 9.9 

60.1 

-37.6 

f 

12.6 
+ 5.1 

g 

6.6 
+ 27.7 

h 

3 76.8 
+ 276.4 

i 

162.9 
+ 653.7 

77.4 

-36.7 

62.9 

-45.5 

653.8 
- 325.3 

338.4 
- 242.9 

89.3 
+ 64.6 

82.0 

-63.6 

102.6 

-64.2 

2 18.3 
+823.8 

68.0 
+ 5 1.9 

3 1.8 
-22.7 

963.3 
- 899.8 

270.5 
+ 904.0 

111 

Tenths,  Hundredths,  Thousandths 

B C 


[ Meaning ] 


1.  Square  A is  divided  into  equal 

parts.  So  1 of  the  equal  parts  is  , or  0.1, 
of  the  whole  square. 

2.  Color  square  A:  a.  yq  red;  b.  0.1  black. 

3.  What  decimal  fraction  of  square  A is  not 

colored? 

4.  Are  the  equal  parts  of  square  B larger 
or  smaller  than  those  of  square  A? 


J 

1 

J 

~ r 

J 

P 

1 

1 

U 

r 

q 

n 

... 

j 

□ 

' ( 
[ 

P 

r 

P 

u 

' 

~p 

T 

T 

T 

UT 

ltt 

J 

m 

± 

T 

It 

h 

n 

FT 

| 

LL 

IT 

10.  Each  part  of  square  C is  — 
square.  The  decimal  form  is  0.001 

11.  Write  j; 


of  the 


Yoo  as  a decimal  fraction. 


12.  Color  0.006  of  square  C red. 

13.  Complete  the  following  table: 


5.  In  square  B there  are  equal  rows, 

with  equal  parts  in  each  row,  making 

equal  parts  into  which  the  whole  square 

is  divided. 

6.  Each  part  of  square  B is  — - — , or  0.01, 
of  the  whole  square.  We  read  0.01  as  “one 
hundredth.” 

7.  0.05  = -jqq.  Color  0.05  of  square  B red. 

8.  0.10  = — . Make  0.10  of  square  B 
black. 

9.  Square  C has rows  of equal 

equal  parts  in  all. 


Common 



Decimal 

Fraction 

Fraction 

7 

1 0 

} 

309 

1,000 

3 

100 

77 

1,000 

50 

1 00 

: 

0.39 

0.9 

0.057 

0.003 

0.30 

parts  each,  or 

112 


Adding  and  Subtracting  Hundredths  and  Thousandths 

[Like-fractions] 


A 

0.84  1.44 

+ 0.08  +0.09 

B 

0.84  1.44 

-0.76  -1.06 

C 

1.375  6.250 

+ 1.375  - 2.750 

1.  Ed  Myers  collects  United  States  com- 
memorative stamps  such  as  those  shown  above. 
The  catalogue  issued  by  the  United  States 
Post  Office  Department  lists  the  dimensions 
of  the  printed  part  of  these  stamps  as  0.84  in. 
(high)  by  1.44  in.  (wide). 

Ed  estimated  that  the  perforations  increase 
the  height  of  a stamp  by  0.08  in.  and  the  width 
by  0.09  in. 

Find  the  height  and  width  including  per- 
forations. Finish  the  work  in  box  A. 


2.  The  Pan-American  stamps  of  1901  are 
0.76  in.  high  and  1.06  in.  wide,  not  including 
perforations.  Find  the  difference  in  the  dimen- 
sions of  these  stamps  and  the  stamps  shown 
above.  Finish  the  work  in  box  B. 

3.  Ed  wanted  to  make  a special  sheet  of  a 
few  stamps  as  a present.  Each  stamp  was 
1.375  in.  wide.  If  he  mounted  2 stamps  on  a 
sheet  6.250  in.  wide,  how  much  space  would  be 
left?  Finish  the  work  in  box  C. 


Add  in  rows  4 and  5. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

g 

4.  $1.65 

9.78 

5.84 

$4.63 

$7.50 

6.333 

3.875 

+ 0.32 

+ 1.14 

+ 4.16 

+ 0.87 

+ 4.10 

+ 1.420 

+ 5.125 

5.  4.76 

7.24 

9.17 

$5.05 

$6.25 

9.378 

7.364 

+ 7.92 

+ 3.99 

+ 4.65 

+ 0.98 

+ 7.89 

+ 2.375 

+ 7.45  1 

Subtract 

in  rows  6 and  7. 

6.  $3.75 

$9.60 

3.98 

$1.75  $0.75 

0.740 

1.351 

-2.40 

-3.75 

-3.25 

-1.55  -0.33 

-0.452 

-0.366 

7.  $9.36 

3.14 

5.00 

$4.0  1 

2.15 

5.652 

7.733 

-6.76 

- 2.42 

-3.64 

-0.73 

-0.69 

-4.548 

-3.849 

773 


Adding  and  Subtracting  When 

Complete  the  following  table  to  show  equiv- 
alent (equal)  fractions: 


Tenths  Hundredths  Thousandths 

1.  0.1  = 0.10  = 0.100 

2.  0.3  = 0.30 

3.  0.7  = 

4  = 0.40  = 

5  = = 0.800 

6  = 0.90  = 

7  = = 0.200 

8.  0.5  = = 


Decimal  Fractions  Are  Unlike 

[ Exact  decimals ] 

Write  each  number  in  this  list  beside  the 
number  in  Ex.  9-20  which  it  equals. 


0.01  3.5  2.02  0.2 

2.0  0.1  0.35  1.0 

35  2.75  0.02  202 

9.  2.020  15.  3.50  

10.  35.0  16.  0.20  

11.  1.00  _ 17.  202.0  

12.  2.750  18.  0.10 

13.  0.010 19.  0.350  

14.  2 20.  0.020  


A Common  Fractions 

Decimals 

B Common  Fractions 

Decimals 

3 

300 

0.3  = 0.300 

5 5 0 0 

0.5  = 0.500 

1 0 

— 1,000 

10  “ 1,000 

1 

1 0 

0.01  - 0.010 

75  7 5 

- 0.075  = 0.075 

100 

— 1,000 

1,000  — 1,000 

I 7 

7 

+ 0.007  - 0.007 

425 

0.425 

1 1,000 

~ 1,000 

1,000 

317 

1,000 

0.317 

Fractions  to  be  added  or  subtracted  must  be  like-fractions. 


First  study  the  additions  and  subtractions  in  boxes  A and  B. 
Then  in  each  example  below,  write  zeros  to  give  all  the  numbers  the 


same  fractional  unit. 

Then  add  or 

subtract  as  directed. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

21.  0.6 
0.39 
+ 0.02 

0.825 

0.04 
+ 0.5 

0.95 

2.6 

+ 1.375 

4.04 

3 . 3 

+ 2.767 

11.33 
6.063 
+ 4.9 

8.8 
0.08 
+ 9.9 

22.  0.53 

-0.2 

6.7 

-4.33 

9.75 

-3.936 

3 . 

-1.45 

8.063 

-3.8 

7.4 

-4.267 

23.  9.8 

-4.27 

3.81 
+ 6.5 

7.424 
+ 1.81 

4.753 

-2.9 

5.49 

-5.049 

9.186 
+ 2.9 

24.  0.4 

+ 9.72 

7 . 3 

-6.444 

4. 

-0.667 

8.82 

-3.142 

56.71 
+ 8.8 

3.04 

-1.206 

774 


Comparing 

Here  are  some  quick  ways  to  tell  whether 
one  decimal  is  larger  or  smaller  than  another: 

1.  You  know  that  0.7  is  more  than  0.5  be- 
cause 7 are  more  than 

5 

2.  0.7  is  more  than  0.64  because  0.7  equals 

hundredths,  and hundredths  are 

jmore  than hundredths. 

3.  0.361  is  more  than  0.36  because 

thousandths  are  more  than thousandths. 

4.  Any  mixed  decimal,  like  1.1,  is  more 

than  any  decimal  fraction,  like  0.879,  because 
a decimal  fraction  is  always  less  than 

5.  If  two  mixed  decimals  have  different 

whole  numbers,  the  one  with  the  

whole  number  is  the  larger  number. 

4.795  is than  5.1 

Draw  a ring  around  the  larger  number  in 
iach  of  these  pairs  of  numbers: 


6. 

0.75 

0.85 

7. 

0.23 

0.023 

8. 

0.995 

9.95 

9. 

0.87 

0.89 

10. 

0.04 

0.4 

11. 

50 

5.00 

12. 

1.98 

2.1 

13. 

0.6 

0.61 

Decimals 

In  each  of  rows  14-19,  underline  the  number 


that  is  smallest. 

14.  0.45 

0.045 

4.5 

15.  1.2 

0.12 

0.012 

16.  59.035 

59.3 

59.35 

17.  0.879 

2.98 

3 

18.  40.4 

4.04 

0.404 

19.  22.66 

26.26 

26.62 

Write  a number  that  is 

20.  Smaller  than  either  0.08  or  0.6 

21.  Larger  than  either  6.5  or  7.29 

22.  More  than  0.05  and  less  than  0.5 

23.  Less  than  2.4  and  more  than  2.3 

24.  More  than  0.5  and  less  than  1 

25.  Larger  than  2.8  but  smaller  than  3 

26.  Smaller  than  5.15  but  larger  than  3.09 

27.  Less  than  24.0  and  more  than  14.9 

28.  Smaller  than  30.2  and  larger  than  25 

29.  More  than  7.008  but  less  than  7.1 

30.  Between  40.4  and  40.45  


775 


Find  the  Mistakes! 


For  a quick  test,  Miss  Bryan  wrote  some 
examples  on  slips  of  paper  and  let  each  pupil 
work  one.  Check  each  pupil’s  work.  If  it  is 
not  correct,  copy  the  example  and  work  it 
correctly.  Write  the  correct  answer  on  the 
line  after  each  example. 


6.  Laurie:  0.61  + 5 + 7.75  = 

0.61 

5 

+ 7.75 
8.41 


7.  Carol:  3.48  - 1.3  = 

3.48 

-1.33 

2.15 


1.  Bill:  1.375  +2.5  = 

1.375 
+ 2.005 
3.380 


8.  Dan:  0.2  + 0.07  + 0.03  = 

0.02 
0.07 
+ 0.03 
0.12 


2.  Pete:  1 + 0.01  = 


9.  Sam:  8 — 2.5  = 


1 .00 
+ 0.0  1 


1.01 


6 5 


3.  Bob:  4.6  - 2.80 


10.  Lorna:  10.4  + 1.04  = 


4.60 


-2.80 


1.80 


1 .04 
+ 1.04 


2.08 


4.  Joe:  6+1.8  = 


11.  Sally:  40  - 0.44  = 


0.06 
+ 0.18 
0.24 


40.00 

-0.44 

39.56 


5.  Anne:  0.38  + 2.26  = 

0.38 
+ 2.26 
2.64 


12.  Ben:  85  - 8.5  = 

85 
- 8.5 
0 


116 


Rounding 

^ 0 0.1  0.2  0.3  0.4 

| i i i i I i i m | m i i | m i i | i i i i i i i ,rr|~r~r~n  "["r  i tt|  i m i | i i i 

Bo  0.10  0.20  1 0.30  0.40  ' 

0.28 

1.  Suppose  you  want  to  round  a mixed  deci- 
mal, like  5.8,  to  the  nearest  whole  number. 
You  round  mixed  decimals  in  the  same  way 
that  you  have  rounded  other  numbers. 

For  5.8  you  must  decide  whether  the  decimal 

fraction  0.8  is  nearer  to  0 or  to 

2.  Find  0.8  on  scale  A above.  You  see 

that  0.8  is  nearer  to  1 than  to  So,  to 

the  nearest  whole  number,  0.8  is  rounded  to 

i 

3.  Rounded  to  the  nearest  whole  number, 

5.8  is 

4.  Use  scale  A to  help  you  round  these 
decimal  fractions  to  either  0 or  1.  Remem- 
ber that  you  round  0.5  upward. 


b.  0.1  f.  0.4 

c.  0.5 g.  0.2 

d.  0.7  h.  0.6 

5.  The  fractional  unit  on  scale  B is 

In  1 there  are  hundredths; 

that  is>  1 = ToT- 

6.  In  0.1  there  are hundredths. 

7.  0.28  lies  between  0.2  and ; it  is 

nearer  to than  to  ; so  rounded 

to  the  nearest  tenth,  0.28  is 


Decimals 

[Meaning] 

0.5  0.6  0.7  0.8  0.9  1 

j | m i i | i i i i | i i 1 1 | i M i | i i i i | i i i i J n i i | i i i i 1 1 i i i | i i i 1 1 

0.50  0.60  0.70  0.80  0.90  1 

8.  Rounded  to  the  nearest  tenth,  0.23  is 


9.  Show  these  points  on  scale  B,  and  then 
round  each  number  to  the  nearest  tenth: 


a.  0.17 e.  0.07 

b.  0.61 f.  0.36 

c.  0.74 g.  0.52 

d.  0.99 h.  0.85 

10.  Round  each  of  the  following  decimals  to 
the  nearest  tenth: 

a.  16.34 e.  2.66  

b.  5.05  f.  19.75 

c.  4.41  g.  6.70  

d.  8.98  h.  10.83 

11.  Round  to  the  nearest  whole  number: 

a.  13.5 e.  18.2 

b.  8.62 f.  9.9  

c.  3.4  g.  7.35 

d.  1.58 h.  0.73 


12.  Using  what  you  have  learned  about 
tenths  and  hundredths,  round  each  of  these 
decimals  to  the  nearest  hundredth: 


a.  0.321 f.  5.398  

b.  0.148 g.  0.515 

c.  6.476  h.  2.902  

d.  0.094  i.  8.009  

e.  9.207  j- 4.197 


777 


Using  Measurement  Numbers 


One  day  Bob  helped  his  father  check  the 
figures  on  a land  survey.  His  father  asked  Bob 
to  add  814.37  ft.  and  732.5  ft. 


814.37  ft. 

814.4 

+ 732.5  ft. 

+ 732.5 

1,546.9  (ft.) 

Bob  thought  he  should  write  732.5  as  hun- 
dredths before  adding,  but  his  father  told  him 
that  instead  he  should  round  814.37  to  tenths 
because  these  are  measurement  numbers. 

1.  Bob’s  father  said  that  732.5  ft.  is  a less 
accurate  measure  than  814.37  ft.  because  the 
fraction  0.5  might  have  been  rounded  from  a 
fraction  as  small  as  0.45  or  as  large  as 


[A.  and  $.] 

2.  The  hundredths  that  can  be  rounded  to 
0.5  are: 

, , , , 

, , , , . 

3.  So,  unless  you  know  that  the  distance 

732.5  ft.  was  actually  732.50  ft.  to  the  nearest 
hundredth,  you  should  not  change  the  decimal  to 
hundredths.  To  make  the  measurement  num- 
bers 814.37  ft.  and  732.5  ft.  have  the  same 
fractional  unit,  you  round  814.37  to 


4.  Of  the  measurement  numbers  814.37  and 
732.5,  the  one  with  the  larger  fractional  unit  is 


Before  adding  or  subtracting  measurement  decimals,  find  the  one 
with  the  largest  fractional  unit.  Express  all  the  other  numbers  in  the 
group  with  this  fractional  unit. 

Add  or  subtract  these  measurement  numbers: 


a 

b 

c 

5.  3.2  in. 

8.312  in. 

5 0.28  mi. 

+ 5.75  in. 

+ 3.25  in. 

+ 8.9  mi. 

6.  8.6  oz. 

— 2.86  oz. 

6.25  in. 
-4.125  in. 

9.833  yd. 
— 4.50  yd. 

7.  1 2 . 3 yd. 

+ 2.67  yd. 

1 . 1 1 4 ft. 

+ 0.75  ft. 

0.625  mi. 
+ 1.4  mi. 

778 


Decimals  and  Their  Equivalent  Common  Fractions 


Sometimes  it  is  easier  to  use  a common 
fraction  like  \ than  a decimal  fraction  like 

0.25.  So  it  is  convenient  to  be  able  to  change 
a decimal  fraction  to  a common  fraction. 

1.  Look  at  box  A.  0.25  means 

hundredths,  which,  as  a common  fraction,  is 
25  . . 

vritten , or,  in  lowest  terms, . 

2.  In  box  B,  how  was  yo  changed  to 

3.  To  change  -^ioo  t0  lowest  terms  (box  C), 

rou  could  first  divide  both  375  and 

)y  5;  then  you  could  reduce  the  resulting 


Finish  the  work  started  below. 

375  = 75 

1,000  ~ 

You  can  change  t0  lowest  terms  in 

one  step.  You  may  have  noticed  that  375  is 
exactly  3 X 125.  See  if  125  is  contained  in 
1,000  without  a remainder.  1,000  -=-,125  = 

Then  -3-7-5  — 

i nen  1,000  — 

4.  $0.50  is  what  fractional  part  of  a dollar? 
Show  all  the  steps  to  prove  it. 


0 — 25  — i 

— lOO  — 4 


B 


OS § 1 

U.3  - 10  - 2 


D 


0 S7S  — 375  - 

U.J/3  — lj0oo  ~ 


0 10—  *°  — -1- 
v/.iv/  — 100  — 10 


fraction  again. 


. 0.90  = 


I 


. 0.75  = 


Change  the  following  to  common  fractions  in  lowest  terms.  Show 
all  the  steps  you  take. 


9.  0.60  = 

10.  0.025  = 

11.  0.15  = 

12.  0.2  = 


13.  0.625  = 

14.  0.80  = 

15.  0.48  = 

16.  0.232  = 


17.  Finish  the  tables  below. 


Halves  and  Fourths 

0 ?S  — 25  — i. 

U-ZJ  — 100  4 


0.50  = 


0.75  = 


100 

75 


Fifths 

0.20  = = -±- 

0.40  = 

Eighths 

01 ?S  — 125  — 1 

— 1,000  — 8 

0.375  = 

0.60  = _ 

0.625  = 

0.80  = 

0.875  = 

I 

779 


Multiplying  Decimals 


A 

B 

c 

0.7 

7 tenths 

0.7 

0.7 

X 3 

X 3 

+ 0.7 

21  tenths, 

' 2.1 

2.1 

or  2.1 

1.  Sandra  had  3 candy  bars.  Each  bar 
weighed  0.7  oz.  All  3 bars  weighed  how  many 
ounces?  Boxes  A-C  show  three  ways  to  find 
the  answer.  Write  it  below. 


by  Whole  Numbers 


[Tenths] 


2.  One  of  the  small  cakes  of  soap  used  in 
hotels  weighs  2.9  oz.  How  much  do  3 cakes 
weigh?  Boxes  D and  E show  two  ways  to  mul- 
tiply. Write  the  answer  below. 


Study  the  work  in  boxes  C and  E until  you  understand  how  to 
multiply  a decimal  fraction  or  a mixed  decimal  by  a whole  number. 

Then  do  the  work  in  rows  3-5. 

abed 


3.  5 X 0.1  = 4X0.9=  5X0.6= 5x0.8  = 

4.  7 X 0.2  = 3 X 0.4  = 4 X 0.2  = 6 X 0.3  = _ 

5.  3 X 0.5  = 9 X 0.1  = 6 X 0.7  = 7 X 0.4  = 


When  a number  with  the  fractional  unit  ^ is  multiplied  by  a 
whole  number,  the  product  must  show  tenths. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

g 

h 

i 

6. 

1 . 3 

7.2 

2 . 2 

3.5 

5 . 7 

8.4 

7 . 5 

4.5 

6.4 

X 4 

X 5 

X 9 

X 3 

X 6 

X 2 

X 3 

X 2 

X 7 

7. 

4 . 7 

5.4 

3.6 

7.4 

2.7 

1 .5 

8 . 1 

6.6 

2.5 

X 3 

X 9 

X 4 

X 2 

X 4 

X 5 

X 5 

X 2 

X 3 

In  each  of  Ex.  8- 

-17,  draw  a ring  around  the  correct  answer. 

8. 

3 X 1.2 

= 3.6 

0.36 

36 

13. 

5 X 4.1  = 

2.05 

20.5 

0.205 

9. 

2 X 3.5 

= 70 

0.7 

7.0 

14. 

2X6.0  = 

12.0 

0.12 

1.20 

10. 

8 X0.1 

= 0.08 

0.8 

8.0 

15. 

1 X 1.6  = 

0.16 

1.6 

1.60 

11. 

3 X 0.8 

= 0.24 

2.4 

0.024 

16. 

2 X 8.2  = 

1.64 

0.164 

16.4 

12. 

5 X 0.5 

= 2.5 

0.25 

25.0 

17. 

3 X 2.3  = 

6.9 

0.69 

69 

720 


Multiplying  Hundredths  and  Thousandths 

[ Multiplier  a whole  number ] 


A 

$1.35 

X 5 
$6.75 

C 

$0.75 

X 12 

1 50 

75 

D 

4.105 

X 24 

16  420 

82  10 

E 

0.035 

X 15 

175 

35 

F 

When  a decimal  is  multiplied  by  a 
whole  number,  the  product  has  the  same 
fractional  unit  as  the  decimal  factor, 
and  so  must  show  the  same  number  of 
decimal  places. 

1 

• 

B 

$2.98 

X 20 
$59.60 

$9.00, 
or  $9 

98.520, 
or  98.52 

0.525 

Study  the  work  in  boxes  A-E  and  the  statement  in  box  F.  Then 
work  Ex.  1-30.  Make  sure  that  each  product  has  the  correct  fractional 
unit  (the  same  number  of  decimal  places  as  the  decimal  factor).  Then 
reduce  the  decimal  fraction  if  possible. 


1. 

0.38 

2.  $6.04 

3. 

0.106 

4. 

0.007 

5. 

$0.75 

X 3 

X 3 

X 9 

X 8 

X 7 

6. 

3.024 

7.  0.40  7 

8. 

1 .4 

9. 

9 . 1 

10. 

0.018 

X 6 

X 4 

X 5 

X 6 

X 7 

11. 

0.19 

12.  12.7 

13. 

0.06 

14. 

$3.49 

15. 

$8.05 

X 1 2 

X 2 6 

X 9 2 

X 9 0 

X 9 6 

16. 

2.375 

17.  $8.75 

18. 

1 .048 

19. 

0.265 

20. 

4.5 

X 3 8 

X 8 0 

X 1 8 

X 1 6 

X 2 1 

21. 

$5.32 

22.  0.45 

23. 

0.09  1 

24. 

$1.54 

25. 

0.345 

X 5 

X 4 

X 9 

X 2 

X 9 

26. 

12.7 

27.  0.375 

28. 

$1.98 

29. 

0.019 

30. 

$3.45 

X 4 9 

X 4 2 

X 2 7 

X 3 5 

X 7 0 

727 


Multiplying  by  10  or  100  or  1,000 


[ Multiplying  a decimal ] 

B 

C 

6. 

2.7  5 

0.0  3 4 

a.  10  X 6. 

= 6 0. 

a.  10  X 2.75 

= 2 7.5 

a.  10  X 0.034  = 0.3  4 

b.  100  X 6. 

= 600. 

b.  100  X 2.75 

= 2 7 5. 

b.  100  X 0.034  = 3.4 

c.  1,000  X 6. 

= 6,0  0 0. 

c.  1,000  X 2.75 

= 2,7  5 0. 

c.  1,000  X 0.034  = 3 4. 

Boxes  A-C  show  an  easy  way  to  multiply  by  10  or  100  or  1,000. 
You  look  at  the  number  to  be  multiplied  and  think  of  the  decimal 
point  as  moved  to  the  right  as  many  places  as  there  are  0’s  in  the 
multiplier. 

Work  this  way  in  writing  products  for  rows  1-5. 

a b c 


1.  10  X 6.1  = 100  X 4.75  = 1,000  X 2.875  = 

2.  100  X 10  = 1,000  X 6.4  = 10  X 0.08 

3.  1,000  X 0.06  = 10  X 46  = 100  X 0.3  = ___ 

4.  100  X 0.035  = 1,000  X 37.2  = 10  X 3.25  = ___ 

5.  10  X 0.5  = 100  X 8.5  = 1,000  X 0.9  = __ 

Meaning  of  Decimals 


1.  Is  0.03  larger  or  smaller  than  0.3? 


2.  Does  4.2  equal  0.42? 

3.  Does  0.85  equal  0.850? 

4.  Is  it  true  that  1.75  = If? 

Write  in  figures  as  decimals: 

5.  Two  hundred  thousandths  ___ 

6.  Five  tenths 

7.  Seventy-five  hundredths 

8.  Two  and  nine  tenths 

9.  Six  thousandths 

10.  Eight  hundredths 

11.  Twenty  and  four  thousandths 

722 


In  each  row,  draw  a circle  around  the  small- 
est number  and  a square  around  the  largest 
number. 


12. 

0.125 

1.2 

11.5 

13. 

0.89 

0.089 

8.09 

14. 

2.47 

27.4 

0.742 

15. 

5.2 

0.520 

5.02 

Copy  each  of  the  numbers  in  rows  12-15  in 
the  column  below  in  which  it  belongs. 

Tenths  Hundredths  Thousandths 


Multiplying  by  a Decimal 

[The  multiplicand  a whole  number ] 

1.  Boxes  A,  B,  C,  and  D show 
that  if  one  of  two  factors  is  a 
whole  number  and  the  other  is 
a decimal,  the  product  has  the 
same  fractional  unit  as  the 


2.  Boxes  C and  show 


A 

35 

B 

249 

C 

85 

D 

0.375 

X 2.4 

X 0.13 

X 0.375 

X 85 

14  0 

7 47 

425 

1 875 

70 

24  9 

5 95 

30  00 

84.0, 

32.37 

25  5 

31.875 

or  84 

31.875 

that  if  you  change  the  order 


Place  decimal  points  correctly  in  the  products  below. 


of  the  factors  the  product  is 


3.  1.05  X 267  = 2 803  5 


5.  0.8  X 356  = 2 8 4 8 


4.  0.125  X 28  = 3 5 00 


6.  2.875  X 23  = 66  1 2 5 


In  the  multiplications  below,  reverse  the  factors  if  it  will  make 
the  multiplication  shorter. 

a b c 

7.  0.75  X 360  1.6  X 5 3.005  X 100 


0.375  X 24 


8.  3.04  X 25  0.86  X 182  2.125  X 16  4.2  X 154 


9.  8.14  X 53  20.3  X 205  131.6  X 38  25.75  X 2 


10.  0.046  X 121  6.4  X 750  1.25  X 125  98.5  X 10 


723 


Multiplying  Decimals  and  Mixed  Decimals 


1 place  1 place 

a.  0.2  X 0.6  = 

b.  1.4  X 2.1  = 


2 places 
0.12 
2.94 


1 place  2 places  3 places 

c.  0.3  X 0.25  = 0.075 

d.  0.5  X 1.08  = 0.540,  or  0.54 


1.  Use  common  fractions  to  check  the  ex- 
amples in  the  box.  It  is  easier,  in  this  check, 
if  you  do  not  cancel.  The  check  for  Ex.  a 
shows  why. 

a 2 v 6 12_  — 0 1? 

a*  10  ^ 10  — 100  — V.l^, 


b. 


c. 


d. 


When  two  decimals  are  multiplied,  the  product  has  as  many 
places  at  the  right  of  one’s  place  as  there  are  decimal  places 
in  both  factors  together. 


Find  the  products.  In  rows  2-6,  multiply  without  copying  the 
examples. 


a 

2.  0.4  X 0.8  = 0.2 

3.  0.5  X 0.6  = 0.3 


b 


X 0.5  = 0.9  X 0.3  = ___ 

X 0.1  = 0.7  X 0.6  = ___ 


4.  0.4  X 1.1  = 0.2  X 3.3  = 1.3  X 0.2  = _ 

5.  2.2  X 0.9  = 0.9  X 0.01  = 0.06  X 0.6  = 


6.  0.07  X 0.6 


8.1  X 0.02  = 


0.9  X 1.04  = 


a 

7.  9 7.4 

X 0 . 0 4 


b 

2,98  7.5 
X 0 . 5 


c d 

569.4  187.5 

X 0 . 0 7 X 0 . 9 


e 

304.6 
X 0 . 0 8 


8.  $6.95 
X 2 4 


123.7 
X 0 . 3 5 


42.08 
X 1 .3 


20  1.2 
X 4 . 6 


190.7 
X 5 0 . 7 


9.  14.9 


X0.  1 8 


46.1  28.4  59.3  3.72 

X 0 . 5 9 X 0 . 6 1 X 8 . 4 X7.3 


7 24 


Decimals  Smaller  than  Thousandths 


a.  One  million  three  hundred  twenty-six 
thousand  five  hundred  forty-seven  AND  eighty- 
four  thousand  nine  hundred  seventy-five  mil- 
I lionths. 


[ Meaning\ 

1.  In  chart  A,  write  numbers  b-i  in  figures 
with  each  figure  in  its  correct  place. 

b.  One  hundred  fifty-six  and  fourteen  hun- 
dredths. 

c.  Twenty-four  and  forty  ten-thousandths. 

d.  Twenty-five  and  thirty-five  thousandths. 

e.  Fifteen  hundred-thousandths. 

f.  One  hundred  six  and  five  thousandths. 

g.  One  hundred  twenty-five  thousand  two 
hundred  fifty-two  millionths. 

h.  Seventy-two  thousand  and  nine  tenths. 

1.  Five  and  nine  hundred  eleven  millionths. 

2.  The  name  given  to  a decimal  fraction  is 

the  name  of  the  last-used 


B 

124.5 

2.020202 

6.50 

1.245 

3.33333 

3.6 

0.1245 

0.000002 

12.45 

5,140.5 

4.3125 

9.001 

32.005 

10.01010 

0.125 

3.  From  box  B,  copy  each  number  into 
one  of  the  columns  below  under  the  heading 
that  tells  the  name  of  the  decimal  fraction. 


Tenths  Hundredths 


Numbers  in  Which  the  Decimal  Fraction  Is 


Ten- 

Thousandths  thousandths 


Hundred- 

thousandths 


Millionths 


4.  Write  the  number  1.6875  in  words. 

“One  and  six eight seventy-five 

5.  Write  156.17667  in  words. 


125 


Multiplying  Decimals 

[ Products  with  more  than  3 decimal  places ] 

The  examples  below  show  the  figures  found  by  multiplying. 

“Point  off”  these  answers;  that  is,  place  each  decimal  point  to  show 
the  correct  product.  Sometimes  you  will  need  to  write  a zero  or  zeros 


between  the  decimal  point  and  the  product  figures  in  order  to  show 
the  correct  number  of  decimal  places. 

1. 

0.7  X 2.75  = 1 9 2 5 

5.  0.12  X 0.0315  = 

3780 

2. 

0.25  X 1.36  = 3 40  0 

6.  0.125  X 9.82  = 

122750 

3. 

0.375  X 0.625  = 2 3 4 3 7 5 

7.  0.5  X 0.1875  = 

93  7 5 

4. 

2.05  X 1.375  = 28  1 875 

8.  0.036  X 0.9  = 

324 

When  two  decimals  are  multiplied,  the  product  has  as  many 
decimal  places  as  there  are  in  both  factors  together. 


9. 


Find  products  for  rows  9 and  10.  Be  sure  to  place  decimal  points  correctly. 

a b c d e 

2.43  1.75  3.106  4.012  1.0375 

X 0 . 6 X 0 . 7 5 X 0.1  5 X0.1  25  X 0.2  5 


10.  0.00  62  5 
X 0 . 9 


5.125  8.2 

X 6 . 7 X 0 . 1 6 


0.3125  1.1875 

X 0 . 5 0 X 0 . 3 


Review  of  Decimals 


a 

1.  $3.64 
+ 1.75 


Add.  When  necessary,  write  zeros  to  make  the  addends  like-decimals. 

b c d e 

0.375  4.3125  5.002  0.5 

+ 3.333  + 0.625  + 6.02  + 1.98 


[A . and  $.] 


f 

9.12 
+ 0.9 


2.  $0.75 
-0.32 


Subtract.  First  make  sure  that  fractional  units  are  alike. 


2.6  12.5  8.01  7.3121 

- 0.32  - 9.8  7 5 - 5.6  - 4.03 


2.000 

-1.667 


126 


A Test  on  Decimals 

Change  each  decimal  to  a common  fraction  in  lowest  terms. 

1.  0.25  = 3.  0.375  = 5.  0.01  = 

2.  0.005  = 4.  0.0075  = 6.  0.125  = 


Change  to  decimals. 


Round  to  tenths. 

11.  3.84 12.  1.16 

Round  to  hundredths. 

15.  0.206  16.  2.125 


9. 


875 

1000 


10. 


106 

1 0,000 


13.  0.98 


14.  0.07 


17.  3.663 


18.  0.005 


19.  Write  the  name  of  the  place  of  each 
figure  in  the  number  2,148.3675. 

1 

Figure  Place 

2 

1 

! 4 

; 8 

3 

6 

7 

5 

[.  - 


20.  For  the  number  4,075.1638  write 

a.  the  figure  in  one’s  place 

b.  the  figure  in  tenth’s  place 

c.  the  figure  in  thousandth’s  place 

d.  the  figure  in  ten-thousandth’s  place  

e.  the  figure  in  hundred’s  place  

f.  the  figure  in  ten’s  place 

21.  Write  16.00833  in  words: 


Write  just  the  answers.  Be  careful  about  decimal  points. 


a 


b 


c 


22.  0.2  + 0.1  = 0.9  + 0.2  = 0.001  X 2.5 


23.  1.7  +0.6  = 1.5  - 

24.  0.9  - 0.5  = 0.13 

25.  1.6  - 0.7  = 1.4 

26.  0.1  X0.01  = 0.02 


-0.8  = 0.003  X 0.1  = 

- 0.07  = 0.05  X 0.03  = 

- 0.5  = 0.1  - 0.08  = _ 

X 0.4  = 10  X 4.75  = _ 


127 


Vacation  in  Trailer  Park 


In  boxes  A and  C,  we  used  fractions  to 
show  the  division  of  the  remainders.  In 
boxes  B and  D,  we  expressed  the  dividends 
in  decimal  form  and  kept  on  dividing,  so  the 
quotients  show  decimal  fractions. 


Find  answers  for  the  following  problems. 
Let  your  quotients  show  decimal  fractions. 

1.  The  Chapmans  spent  their  summer  va- 
cation in  their  trailer.  To  reach  Trailer  Park, 
they  drove  279.3  mi.  the  first  day  and  287.7  mi. 


the  second  day. 

a.  They  drove  mi.  in  all. 

b.  The  daily  average  was mi. 


2.  They  used  45  gal.  of  gasoline  on  the  trip 
(Ex.  la).  How  many  miles,  on  the  average, 
did  they  go  on  a gallon? 


3.  At  Trailer  Park,  all  trailers  are  90  ft.  from 
the  lake.  Gary  Chapman  paced  off  this  dis- 
tance so  that  he  could  estimate  the  length  of 
his  step.  (The  pace  is  the  length  of  one  step 
from  the  toe  of  one  foot  to  the  heel  of  the 
other.)  Gary  took  50  paces.  What  is  the  aver- 
age length  of  his  step? 


4.  Sandra  Chapman  took  36  paces  in  90  ft. 
How  long  is  Sandra’s  pace? 


5.  Sandra  and  Kendra  rode  on  the  merry- 
go-round  at  the  park.  They  bought  a strip 
of  tickets  at  10  rides  for  75^. 

a.  How  much  does  one  ride  cost  on  a strip 
ticket? 


b.  They  each  took  2 rides.  How  much  more 
would  their  rides  have  cost  if  they  had  bought 
single  10^  tickets? 


6.  Mr.  Chapman  paid  $15.75  for  3 weeks’ 
rent  of  the  space  in  the  park.  How  much 
was  this  by  the  week? 


7.  The  Chapmans  spent  $17.50  for  food  one 
week.  What  was  the  average  daily  expense  for 
food? 


128 


Changing  Any  Fraction  to  a Decimal 


[ Whole  number  larger  whole  number ] 


A 

B 

C 

i = 1 -r-  4 = 0.25 

|=3~8=  0.375 

i = i 

-i-  6 = 0.1 6§,  or  0.17 

0.25 

0.375 

0.1 6§ 

0.166 

4lL00 

sTTooo 

6TTOOT 

6JL000 

8 

24 

6 

6 

20 

60 

40 

40 

20 

56 

36 

36 

40 

4 

40 

40 

36 

4 2 

Q ~ 3 

4 

Be  sure  that  you  understand  how  the  common  fractions  in  boxes  A-C 
are  changed  to  decimals.  Then  change  the  following  common  fractions 
to  decimal  fractions.  Use  as  many  0’s  in  the  dividend  after  the  decimal 
point  as  are  needed  to  make  the  division  come  out  even. 

2 X d U = 


8J5: 


Change  these  fractions  to  2-place  decimals.  Give  each  answer  in 
two  ways — (1)  as  a 2-place  decimal  with  the  remainder  in  a common 
fraction;  and  (2)  rounded  to  hundredths. 

or 6.  Y2  = or 7.  ye  = or 


729 


Dividing  a Decimal  by  a Whole  Number 


1.  Sally  bought  three  candy  bars.  Their 
weights  were  f oz.,  1.50  oz.,  and  f oz.  Find 
the  average  weight  of  a bar. 

Box  . _ shows  that  the  average  weight  is 

oz.,  or  about oz. 

2.  Box  B shows  that  0.12  3 = 

3.  In  box  C,  explain  why  the  dividend  was 

changed  to  1.70  


4.  In  box  D,  why  were  two  0’s  used  in  the 
dividend  after  the  7? 


In  the  examples  below,  round  the  quotient  to  the  nearest  thou- 
sandth if  the  division  does  not  come  out  even  in  ten-thousandth’s 
place  or  before  that. 


5.  5)2  7 . 4 


6.  6)0 . 9 3 


7.  9)3  6 2 . 2 5 8.  7)0 . 0 8 1 2 


9.  12)0 . 0 7 10.  25)278  11.  34)0 .549 


12.  48)0 .3125 


130 


Multiplying  and  Dividing  by  10  or  100  or  1,000 


A 

B 

10  X 4.75  = 47.5 

47.5  -10  = 4.75 

100  X 4.75  = 475. 

475  - 100  = 4.75 

1,000  X 4.75  = 4,750. 

4,750  - 1,000  = 4.75 

Notice  that  the  multipli- 
cations in  box  A are  reversed 
by  the  divisions  in  box  B. 


Study  the  boxes  above.  Then  work  Ex.  1-6 

1.  To  multiply  by  10,  move  the  decimal  point  1 place  to  the  right. 

2.  To  multiply  by  100,  move  the  decimal  point places  to  the 

3.  To  multiply  by  1,000,  move  the  decimal  point  places  to  the 

14.  To  divide  by  10,  move  the  decimal  point  1 place  to  the  left. 

5.  To  divide  by  100,  move  the  decimal  point  __  places  to  the 

6.  To  divide  by  1,000,  move  the  decimal  point 
Write  the  quotients  for  Ex.  7-13. 


Number 

7.  250.8 

8.  0.75 

9.  22.67 
0.  18 

■ 

1.  2.125 

2.  42.6 


Divided 
by  10 


Divided 
by  100 


Divided 
by  1,000 


10  X 3.5  = 
100X3.5  = 
___.  1,000  X 3.5  = 

3.5  - 10  = 
3.5  - 100  = 

places  to  the 3.5  — 1,000  = 

Write  the  products  for  Ex.  14-20. 


Number 


Multiplied 
by  10 


Multiplied 
by  100 


Multiplied 
by  1,000 


14. 

0.06 

15. 

2.1 

16. 

30.05 

17. 

7.624 

18. 

120.8 

19. 

0.1 

20. 

42.33 

Dividing  by  a Money  Number 

1.  For  her  party,  Dianne  spent  $1.25  for 
candy.  If  it  cost  $0.50  a pound,  how  many 
pounds  did  she  buy? 

$0.50]$O5  = ^ 

100  x 1.25  125 

100  X 0.50  ~ 50 

50)125" 

100 

25 

Change  each  example  to  one  in  which  the  divisor  is  a whole  num- 
ber. Write  just  the  example;  do  not  divide. 

!■ 

$0.23)$1.75  = ) 4.  $1.98)$10.95  = ) 

6.  $2.30)$12  = 

) 

7.  $0.48)$15.60  = 

T 

73? 

Dividing  by  a Decimal  Fraction 

[Divisor: 

tenths;  hundredths;  thousandths ] 

A 

0.3)6  = 3)60 

20 

3)60 

6 

0 

B 

0.04)03  = 4)30 

7.5 

4)303 

28 

20 

20 

c 

0.012)33  = 12)3300 

300 

12)3300 

36 

00 

D 

0.08)0306  = 8)03 

0.075 

8)0.600 

56 

40 

40 

Study  the  work  in  boxes  A-D.  Then,  in  rows  1-4,  write  each  example 
again  with  the  divisor  changed  to  a whole  number,  and  divide.  If  the 
division  does  not  come  out  even  by  thousandth’s  place,  round  the 
quotient  to  the  nearest  hundredth. 

a 

b 

c 

1.  0.6)9 

0.09)1  . 8 9 

k 

00 

0 

0 1 2 

2.  0.1)3 .24 

0.04)2  3 . 6 

0.3)7  . 

26 

3.  0.009)07  9 

0.2)775 

0.205)471 

4.  0.78)677 

0.875)1  . 2 5 

0.24)1 

.6 

132 

Dividing  by  a Mixed  Decimal 


34  +1.5=.? 

22.666 
15)340.000 
30 
40 
30 
10  0 
90 
1 00 
90 


100 

90 

10 

Ans.:  22.67 


B 


8.019  # 1.03  | ? 

7.785 
103)801.900 
721 
80  9 
72  1 


8 80 
8 24 


560 

515 

45 

Ans.:  7.79 


75  ~ 3.25  = ? 

0.176 
325)57.500 
32  5 
25  00 
22  75 


2 250 
1 950 
300 


Ans.:  0.18 


In  dividing  by  a mixed  decimal,  you  work  just  as  you  do  when  the 
divisor  is  a decimal  fraction.  First  change  the  example  so  that  the 
divisor  is  a whole  number.  Study  the  work  in  boxes  A-C  until  you 
are  sure  that  you  understand  it. 

Divide  in  Ex.  1-6.  Round  quotients  to  the  nearest  hundredth  if 
they  do  not  come  out  even  by  thousandth’s  place. 


1.  1.6)9.0  2 


2.  1.134)3.9  2 


3.  2.04)9  .12  5 


4.  1.33)2.6  6 


5.  1.01)7.37  5 


6.  4.0)0 . 8 6 


133 


Decimals  in  Problems 


Joe’s  older  brother  told  him  about  a useful 
relationship  in  the  circle. 


To  find  the  distance  around  a circle, 
you  can  multiply  the  distance  across  it 
through  the  center  by  3.14. 


b.  How  many  more  square  inches  are  there 
in  one  of  the  larger  tissues  than  in  one  of  the 
smaller  tissues? 


5.  A gram  is  a small  unit  of  weight  that 
equals  approximately  0.03527  oz.  To  the  near- 
est hundredth  of  an  ounce,  how  many  ounces 
equal  a gram? 


6.  The  difference  (called  the  “spread”)  be- 
tween the  price  per  quart  paid  to  the  farmer 
for  milk  and  the  price  paid  by  the  consumer 
is  14.18  cents  today.  This  spread  was  9.55 
cents  eight  years  ago. 

a.  How  much  has  the  spread  increased  dur- 
ing the  eight  years? 


b.  What  has  been  the  average  yearly  increase 
in  the  spread?  (Round  your  answer  to  the  near- 
est hundredth  of  a cent.) 


1.  Find  the  distance  around  a circle  if  the 
distance  across  it  through  the  center  is  5 in. 


2.  Joe  used  the  circle  relationship  to  find 
the  distance  around  the  stump  of  a tree  that 
was  2 ft.  9 in.  across.  Express  2 ft.  9 in.  as  a 
mixed  decimal  and  find  the  distance  around  the 
stump,  to  the  nearest  0.1  ft. 


3.  A meter  is  a unit  of  length  that  is  about 
39.37  in.  A millimeter  is  0.001  meter.  To 
the  nearest  0.01  in.,  how  many  inches  does  a 
millimeter  equal? 


4.  A box  of  9.00"  by  9.75"  cleansing  tissues 
costs  27^.  A 25  box  contains  the  same  num- 
ber of  sheets  8.75"  by  9.75". 

a.  Find  the  area  of  each  size  of  tissue  (to  the 
nearest  0.01  sq.  in.). 


7.  Small  fence  pickets  cost  $0.06^  each  if 
bought  at  the  lumber  yard,  and  7^  if  deliv- 
ered. Mr.  Burke  wanted  250  pickets.  How 
much  would  he  save  by  buying  the  pickets 
at  the  yard? 


8.  In  his  nature-study  class,  Toby  learned 
that  the  house  sparrow  weighs  about  1.05 
ounces,  and  the  song  sparrow  weighs  only 
about  0.88  ounce. 

a.  The  house  sparrow  is  about oz. 

heavier  than  the  song  sparrow. 

b.  The  house  sparrow  is  about 

times  as  heavy  as  the  song  sparrow.  (Round 
your  answer  to  the  nearest  tenth.) 

c.  The  song  sparrow  weighs  about  0 as 

much  as  the  house  sparrow. 


27^  size 

134 


; 25^  size 


Three  Kinds  of  Problems  in  M.  and  D 


In  working  with  problems,  remember  the 
;hree  kinds  of  problems  in  multiplication  and 
iivision.  You  learned  about  these  with  com- 


In  the  boxes  below,  supply  the  missing  words 
and  numbers. 

Show  your  work  in  the  column  at  the 


non  fractions. 

right. 

I.  Finding  the  product. 

0.07  X 15  = n 
n = 0.07  X 15  = 1.05 

You  know  the  two  factors. 

To  find  the  product,  you 

15 

X 0.07 

1.05 

II.  Finding  the  factor  which  shows  a relationship,  or 
ratio;  that  is,  how  many  times  or  what  part  of. 

n X 15  = 1.05 

n = : = 

You  know  the  product  and 
one  factor. 

To  find  the  other  factor, 

you 

III.  Finding  the  other  factor  when  the  ratio  factor  is 
given. 

0.07  X n = 1.05 

n = : = 

You  know  the  product  and 
one  factor. 

To  find  the  other  factor, 

you  

j 

Find  n.  Show  all  your  work. 

a b 


c 


0.24  X 8 = n;  n = n = 0.60  X0.5;  n = n X 30  = 6;  n = 


n X 10  = 5;  n = 0.50  X 9 = n;  n = 4 X n = 2;  n = 


n = 0.15  X 3;  n = 0.25  X n = 4;  n = n X 60  = 15;  n = 


0.35  Xn  = 7;  n = n X0.6  = 1.8;  n = 0.04  X n =3;  n = 


135 


Review  of  Decimals 


1.  Margaret  got  the  quotient  $0.19633  when 
she  divided  a money  number.  To  the  nearest 
cent,  how  would  she  express  this  quotient? 


Write  in  figures: 

2.  Nine  thousandths  __ 

3.  Forty  and  six  tenths 


Change  to  decimals  to  the  nearest  thousandth. 


6. 


7. 

8. 


3 


5 10  1000 


Space  for  Work 


Write  as  decimal  parts  of  a dollar: 

4.  a.  38^  = $ b.  89^  = $ 

5.  a.  = $ b.  5^  = $ — 


10.  10  X 3.6  = 

11.  0.4  - 100  = 

12.  0.03  X 1,000  = 

13.  5.8  X 100  = __ 


Write  only  the  answers  for  rows  10-13  below. 

b c 

1.9-100= 0.52  - 1,000  = 

0.15  X 100  = $7.45  - 100  = . 

$8.32  - 10  = 16  X 100  = 

1,000  X $3.75  = 48  - 1,000  = _ 


Point  off  (that  is,  place  the  decimal  point)  to 
show  the  correct  product. 


14.  0.07  X 95.2  = 

15.  15  X 1.5  = 

16.  2.75  X $100  = 

17.  3.2  X 5.08  = 

18.  0.2  X 0.375  = 


6 6 6 4 
2 2 5 

$ 2 7 5 0 0 
1 6 2 5 6 

7 5 0 


Round  to  the  nearest  whole  number. 


19.  3.3 2.49 

20.  159.95 80.1  __ 

21.  17.2 65.89 

22.  38.07 230.81 

136 


Change  to  common  fractions  in  lowest 
terms. 

23.  0.3  = 

24.  0.125  = 

25.  0.48  = 

26.  0.3125  = 

27.  0.075  = 

28.  0.01  = 

29.  0.50  = 


All  Kinds  of  Numbers 


Add,  subtract,  or  multiply.  Watch  the  signs! 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

1.  3 24 

1,930 

86 

756 

2.125 

106 

22  1 

158 

2,152 

3.875 

+ 55 

+ 3,875 

+ 750 

+ 1,009 

+ 0.50 

2.  6 1 

2i 

< 

+8! 

+5I 

+9I 

+3I 

3.  587 

2,000 

$16.52 

13,406 

6.805 

- 398 

- 956 

-8.85 

- 7,527 

-3.96 

7 - 
8 


236 

1 .09 

62.8 

1,728 

35.125 

X 1 6 

X 5 5 

X 3 2 

X 1 .5 

X0. 18 

3 w 2 - 

4 A 3 — 

7-  1 X | X f = 

O 1 \/  5 w 8 

O.  2 A 6 A 15  — 

>.  2\  X f X 8 = 10.  i X 3^  X 7 X 7 = 


Divide.  In  Ex.  11  and  12,  round  quotients  to  the  nearest  hundredth. 


1.  23)7 . 8 9 


12.  35)0 .597 


IQ  2 _i_  1 _ 

AO*  3*2 

14.  3i  + 2 = 


737 


Division  with  Decimals 


At  the  right  are  examples  that  illustrate 
all  the  kinds  of  work  in  division  with  decimals. 
Just  as  with  common  fractions,  some  quotients 
tell  how  many  times  and  some  tell  what 
part  of. 

Without  dividing,  write  a check  mark  (y) 
in  the  proper  column  to  tell  whether  the  quo- 
tient will  be  a how-many-times  number  or  a 
what-part-of  number. 

Now  work  the  examples  in  the  boxes  be- 
low. When  a quotient  goes  beyond  thou- 
sandth’s place,  round  it  to  the  nearest 
hundredth. 

When  you  have  finished  dividing  in  each  ex- 
ample, look  back  at  your  check  mark  and  see 
whether  the  quotient  is  the  kind  of  number  you 
thought  it  would  be.  If  it  is  not,  try  to  find  and 
correct  your  mistake. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Quotient  will  show 

Example  how  many  times  what  part  of 

1.  23  8 

2.  3 : 4 

3.  0.47  — 7 

4.  12.6  — 5 

5.  5.08  - 9 

6.  34  - 0.8  

7.  0.875  - 0.25  

8.  0.36  - 0.75  

9.  12.35-0.65  

10.  17-2.125  

11.  6 - 14.8  

12.  0.5  - 3.2  

13.  9.25  - 7.5  

14.  4.02  -8.1  


738 


Right  or  Wrong? 


Mark  V in  the  box  if  a statement  is  correct,  and  X if  it  is 
wrong.  Read  carefully,  and  think! 

1.  If  you  know  a product  and  one  of  its  two  factors,  you 
multiply  to  find  the  other  factor. 

2.  The  name  of  a decimal  fraction  is  the  name  of  the  last 
decimal  place  used. 

3.  In  a division  example,  any  remainder  is  always  smaller 
than  the  divisor. 

4.  If  you  write  two  zeros  after  a whole  number,  you  have 
multiplied  the  number  by  100. 

5.  If  you  know  the  number  left  and  the  number  at  first, 
you  subtract  to  find  the  number  gone. 

6.  The  Roman  number  that  means  5 is  X. 


□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 


When  a statement  in  the 
left  column  is  wrong,  write 
its  exercise  number  on  one 
of  the  lines  below  and  ex- 
plain why  it  is  wrong. 


7.  If  you  put  a zero  between  the  decimal  point  and  the 
tenth’s  figure  in  a decimal  fraction,  you  have  divided  the  frac- 
tion  by  10. 

8.  Like-fractions  must  have  the  same  numerator. 


□ 

□ 


9.  In  dividing  a decimal  by  a decimal,  you  first  multiply 
both  dividend  and  divisor  by  a number  that  makes  the  dividend 
a whole  number. 


; 10.  The  name  of  a decimal  fraction  that  has  three  places  is 

“thousandths.” 

11.  To  multiply  a number  by  10,  you  can  think  of  the  deci- 
mal point  as  moved  one  place  to  the  right. 

12.  To  check  a division  example,  you  multiply  the  quotient 

iand  the  divisor  and  add  the  remainder. 

■ 

13.  A whole  number  ending  in  two  zeros  is  always  10  times 
as  large  as  a whole  number  ending  in  one  zero. 

14.  Decimal  fractions  which  have  the  same  number  of  deci- 
mal places  are  called  “like-fractions.” 


□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 


15.  You  point  off  the  product  in  multiplying  decimals  by 
giving  the  product  as  many  decimal  places  as  there  are  in  the 
multiplicand. 


□ 


739 


Short  Division 


[Even  and  uneven  division ] 


A 

B 

c 

Long  Way 

Short  Way 

Long  Way 

Short  Way 

Long  Way 

Short  Way 

212 

212 

132,  R3 

132,  R3 

m 

79J 

4)848 

4)848 

7)927 

7)927 

6)476“ 

6)476“ 

8 

7 

42 

4 

22 

56 

4 

21 

54 

8 

17 

2 

8 

14 

3 

1.  In  boxes  A,  B,  and  C,  draw  a big  ring 
around  all  work  that  you  think  but  do  not  write 
when  you  divide  in  the  short  way. 

2.  Write  the  quotient  from  box  B with  the 

remainder  in  a fraction.  


3.  The  remainder  in  box  C is , so  we 

could  write  the  answer  as ,R 


4.  In  box  C,  where  does  the  J come  from? 


Use  short  division  for  the  examples  in  rows  5-11. 


a 

b 

C 

d 

e 

f 

g 

5.  3)67 

5)570 

4)87 

6)170 

7)TT7 

9)T89 

5)375 

6.  4)408 

7JT47 

8)876 

9)579“ 

8)757 

3)279 

3)279 

7.  5)10  5 

7)779 

6)T87 

4)T77 

5)547 

6)677 

4)T57 

Write  any  remainder  in  a fraction  in  best  form. 


8.  4)74 

6)79“ 

8)27 

9)57 

4)27 

9)79 

8)57 

9.  9)67 

5)76“ 

4)78 

8)37 

9)87 

3)79 

7)57 

10.  4)77 

8)77 

6)27 

7)57 

6)47 

9)60" 

5)79 

11.  5)2T 

7)37 

9)77 

6)5T 

5)37 

8)4T 

6)35 

in 

a 

The  following  examples  are  the  kind  of  subtraction  you 
. division  examples.  Write  remainders. 

bed 

often  find 

e 

12.  25  - 18  = _ 

____  33 

- 28  = 

41 

- 32  = ___ 

_ _ 63  - 56  = 

71 

- 66  = 

13.  62  - 54  = _ 

52 

- 45  = 

34 

- 27  = ___ 

20  - 12  = 

54 

- 48  = 

14.  71  - 64  = _ 

____  44 

-36  = 

22 

- 18  = 

__  51  -49  = 

31 

- 24  = 

140 


D 

68,  R6 

8)550 

F 

4.11  -4-  6 = ? 

G 

To  the  nearest  0.01, 

2.15  4-  0.9  = ? 

H 

315  =75 

I 

f = 0.285  . . ., 

E 

457,  R5 
7)3)204 

0.685 

2.388  . . .,  or  2.39 

6)4110 

9)21.500 

or  0.29 

15.  Write  the  answers  for  Ex.  D and  E with 
the  remainders  in  fractions. 


Ex.  D Ex.  E 

16.  The  dots  in  Ex.  G and  I show  that  the  5)3  7 5 

division  does  not  come  out  even.  The  fifth 
quotient  figure  in  Ex.  G would  be 

Divide,  using  short  division.  Write  any  remainder  with  R. 


17.  Work  Ex.  H and  I in  the  long  way  and 
draw  a ring  around  the  part  that  you  do  not 
write  when  you  work  in  the  short  way. 


7]2~ 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

f 

18. 

8)2  3 5 

6]5~0~0 

9)320' 

7)5TT 

8)70T 

4)312 

19. 

7)601 

9)5“02' 

4)TT0 

6)522 

5)217 

6)516 

j 

Rewrite  examples  if  necessary.  If  any  quotient  is  not 
hundredth’s  place,  round  to  the  nearest  tenth. 

even  by 

a 

b 

C 

d 

20. 

6)2 , 0 5 8 

0.4)1  . 0 1 

0.6)5“ 

5)7  . 3 2 

21. 

0.8)3  0 . 5 

7)3 , 2 6 5 

9)4731  0 

3)2  0 . 4 

22.  7)0.5  8 

0.3)1  1.85 

0.5)3 . 4 5 

8)077 

Change  to  decimals,  rounded  to  the  nearest  hundredth  if  the  division 
is  uneven.  Use  short  division. 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

23. 

1 _ 

8 ~ 

1 0 _ 

3 

7 

9 — 

3 _ 

5 ~ 

13.  _ 

6 — 

24. 

4 

7 — 

1 _ 

4 — 

14  _ 

5 — 

15  _ 

8 — 

3 _ 

8 — 

141 


Making  and  Solving  Problems 


For  each  exercise,  write  a question  that  will  make  a prob- 
lem. Draw  a ring  around  A.  or  S.  or  M.  or  D.  to  show 
whether  you  will  add,  subtract,  multiply,  or  divide  to  solve 
the  problem  you  have  made.  Then  solve,  and  write  the 
answer. 

1.  Joe  telephoned  Bill  at  10  minutes  past  3 that  he  would 
meet  him  in  half  an  hour. 

Question: 

Solve  by:  A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  Answer:  

2.  Kathie’s  mother  paid  $5.96  for  a set  of  4 small  tables. 

Question:  

Solve  by:  A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  Answer: 

3.  Sylvia  has  saved  $14.25.  She  wants  to  buy  a radio  that 
costs  $19.75. 

Question: 

Solve  by:  A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  Answer: 

4.  Bill  weighed  1121b.  at  the  beginning  of  his  vacation. 
He  weighed  123  lb.  when  he  went  back  to  school. 

Question:  

Solve  by:  A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  Answer:  

5.  For  the  trip  to  the  lake,  Mrs.  Barber  bought  each  of 
her  four  children  a toy  sailboat.  The  boats  cost  35^  each. 

Question: 

Solve  by:  A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  Answer:  ___  

6.  Mrs.  Knight  paid  $79.95  for  a stove  and  $8  for  delivery 
charges.  At  another  store,  which  delivers  without  charge, 
the  same  stove  was  priced  at  $98.75. 

Question:  


Space  for  Work 


Solve  by:  A.?  S.?  M.?  D.?  Answer: 

142 


Review  of  Fractions  and  Decimals 

Add,  subtract,  multiply,  or  divide,  as  the  signs  direct.  Write  just 
the  answers  on  this  page. 


a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

1. 

93  1 1 _ 

Z4  l 2 ~ 

S +4i  = 

i +i  = 

6A  +i  = 

f +2f  = 

2. 

_ 9!  _ 

J2  z8  ~ 

8|  - 61  = 

2§  - If  = 

124  - 8f  = 

9|  - 54  = 

3. 

4X0.3  = 

0.2  X 0.6 

0.01  X 7 = 

3 X 0.05  = 

6 X 0.001  = 

4. 

3)153" 

0.2]6^4 

0.04)16 

8)0^4 

O.OOlJT 

Multiply 

or  divide,  as  directed. 

Show  all  your  work. 

a 

b 

c 

5. 

1 X li  = 

2i  X If  = 

4f  X 25  = 

6. 

H *5  = 

3 . 9 _ 

8 • 16  — 

5*  + If  = 

Change  to  decimals.  Show  how  you  work. 

7. 

3 _ 

4 — 

7 _ 

8 — 

5 _ 

16  ~ 

8.  0.25  = 


9.  14.375 


0.  2| 


Change  to  common  fractions.  Show  each  step  you  take. 

0.375  = 0.0875  = 

Round  to  the  nearest  hundredth, 
b c 

0.1872  2.250  


1.  n -T-  2 = 3J;  n = 

2.  n = 1J  X 2;  n = 

3.  f -5-  n = 1^;  n = 


Round  to  the  nearest  whole  number. 


14i 


72 

100 


Find  the  value  of  n.  (Show  how  you  find  n.) 

14.  0.03  + n = 1.08;  n = 

15.  n - 0.5  = 2.3;  n = 

16.  0.75  - n = 0.5;  n = 


3.502 


24tf 


143 


Testing  What  You  Have  Learned 

[Cumulative  Review ] 

Write  these  numbers  in  figures: 

1.  One  hundred  thousand  six  hundred  fifty-seven.  

2.  Two  million  three  hundred  forty-six  thousand.  

3.  Three  hundred  fifty  and  twenty-five  hundredths.  

4.  Six  and  five  ten- thousandths.  


Find  the  sums. 


Multiply  in  rows  15-18. 


a 


b 


c 


a 


b 


5.  3 2,189 
+ 6,057 


$125.75 
+ 25  6.95 


211,356 
+ 809,798 


15.  23  2 
X 1 8 


$1.95 
X 9 


c 

75 
X 3 6 


6.  0.98  2.005 

+ 1.3  +3.6 


12,875 
+ 9,095 


16.  li  X 2f  = 


7.  18|  8.  2^ 

+ H + 1 6 § 


17.  3J  X If  = 


Find  the  remainders. 

9.  15,782  $100.80  275,000 

- 6,2  9 5 - 5 6.9  5 - 9,8  7 5 


18.  15  4 

X 0 . 0 5 


28 
X 1 .6 


30.6 
XO.O  1 5 


10.  3.06 

-1.125 


723.4 


- 548.6 


2.5 

-1.75 


12.  12* 


Hi 


Divide.  Write  the  remainders  in  fractions, 
a b 


19.  27)3 ,327  18)4 ,938 


13.  Write  as  decimals.  If  you  cannot  remem- 
ber the  equivalents,  use  short  division. 


a. 


5.  _ 
6 — 


b. 


3.  _ 
8 — 


14.  Round  to  the  nearest  hundredth, 
a.  2.386  c.  0.1054 


b.  5.1819 

144 


d.  0.0071 


PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


QA  106  B98  A 6R-6  WKBK-  C-2 
BUSHELL  GUY  T GUY  THOMAS 
1891- 

AR1THMET1C  NE  NEED 

NL  40803870  CURR  HIST 


-000031081 706- 


t 


education 

cur.  sc-ituM 

559387 

QA 

Buswell,  G.  T. 

106 

Arithmetic  we  need. 

B98A 

i 

■-  

y-,TTT>‘r'T  ''"TTT  T 

n>( 

U ViTi-AiW. 

ti  LIBEAI^